Compare commits

..
944 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
jan.nijtmans 57f1472371 Merge 8.7 2018-11-02 07:26:17 +00:00
pooryorick d739e9b6a8 Fixed memory leak in TclOO.c:ObjectNamespaceDeleted, object mixins and
object/class mutation.
2018-11-01 20:10:06 +00:00
dgp 3788abb994 Eliminate fallback attempts when broken strtod() routines are detected.
This has long been creating more problems than it solves.
2018-11-01 14:48:36 +00:00
dgp a0c7ff582a Eliminate fallback attempts when broken strtod() routines are detected.
This has long been creating more problems than it solves.
2018-11-01 14:46:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 500a1629c4 Merge 8.6 2018-10-30 20:42:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4c1c62892a Merge 8.5 2018-10-30 20:41:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 434a115a3c Add support for DragonFly 2018-10-30 20:40:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 74707353e8 Add support for TIP #494 to registry and dde. Only effective when compiled against Tcl 9.0 headers. This way we can keep the source-code for those extensions 100% equal in all branches.
Work-around for gcc warning in tclWinFile.c. Discovered by Travis CI.
2018-10-30 20:39:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dbdd83e5d0 Fix compilation on Visual C++ 6.0, which doesn't have LLONG_MIN/LLONG_MAX 2018-10-29 19:57:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 538c6791ab merge-mark 2018-10-29 19:55:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 22a5d73ebf squelch some warnings on higher Visual Studio versions: we are not going to bother on this any more. 2018-10-29 19:54:58 +00:00
dgp 820cc5a23d Work started eliminating long outdated compat routines that now cause
cross-compiling failure far more often than they help porting to old broken
platforms.
2018-10-29 18:19:55 +00:00
dgp 78ef9a971b merge mark 2018-10-29 14:39:22 +00:00
dgp ce6023fade [TIP 525] Backport package tcltest 2.5 2018-10-29 14:38:24 +00:00
dgp 4e9742386c merge mark 2018-10-29 14:10:33 +00:00
dgp 030a749dc8 close fork 2018-10-29 14:09:34 +00:00
dgp 2f4c1aecdb [TIP 525] Backport package tcltest 2.5 2018-10-29 14:00:48 +00:00
dgp b3291aebaa [TIP 525] Revise [tcltest::runAllTests] to return indicator of any failure. 2018-10-29 13:36:10 +00:00
dgp 569b59f564 [TIP 522] New option "-errorCode" to [tcltest::test] in tcltest 2.5 2018-10-29 13:19:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1ff54c600e merge-mark 2018-10-28 10:07:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1337738c22 Merge (on-purpose) fork, makeing the merge-mark easier 2018-10-28 10:05:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 96b9e6e871 Missing -DUNICODE in makefile.vc 2018-10-28 10:04:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 52c009322f put back Travis CI build. All merge-marks of previous commit change done. 2018-10-27 19:52:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fd54886393 Merge 8.6 2018-10-27 19:45:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 016dc0c5f0 merge-mark... well ... almost: Except for a missing <include> in tclWinDde.c 2018-10-27 19:43:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 97ed5b117d (temporary) backout [0386db909a]: Enable CI builds with Travis. This enables everything else to merge-marked to 8.6. Will put it back in the next commit 2018-10-27 19:36:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fbc8feeb40 Backport various minor issues from 8.6:
- gcc compiler warning in tclDate.c
- protect Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString() from ever reading more than "length" bytes from its input, not even in the case of invalid UTF-8. 
- update to latest tzdata
- fix 2 failing test-cases on MacOSX
2018-10-27 19:33:40 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín a870464cc5 Update TZ info to tzdata2018g. 2018-10-27 18:08:13 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín 5f392f74b6 Update TZ info to tzdata2018g. 2018-10-27 18:07:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fef802ea7a Update to latest tzdata (backported from 8.6) 2018-10-27 08:06:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d7a697aa50 Missed some version bumps in previous commit 2018-10-27 08:03:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9654f8c692 tclWinDde.c: Backport version 1.4.1 from Tcl 8.6. 2018-10-27 07:53:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7ecdd17b4d Merge 8.6 2018-10-26 19:01:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 125b29bfe3 tclWinReg.c: Code cleanup. Eliminate some unnecessary variables.
tclWinDde.c: Backport improvements (support for TCL_UTF_MAX=6) from androwish: Both androwish and tclsh (all versions) can now use the same dde.dll.
dde: bump version
2018-10-26 18:41:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c69ccc749e Backport "registry" version 1.3.3, so all active branches now have the same registry version.
(this commit must -eventually- be merge-marked to core-8-6-branch, since everything is there already)
2018-10-24 21:22:18 +00:00
dgp f44fb9b450 Request the tcltest version that provides the testing facilities used. 2018-10-24 14:33:54 +00:00
dgp 335774aef1 [d1d05d1c7a] Fix bug parsing end-$bignum
End deprecated acceptance of "e" and "en" as index value.
Streamline and comment for clarity and improved merging to tip-445 branch.
2018-10-23 23:23:42 +00:00
dgp cb2049e18e merge 8.7 2018-10-23 23:16:22 +00:00
dgp 6457b295e1 Streamline and comment combined routine. 2018-10-23 23:09:48 +00:00
pspjuth bf9af9a408 Cleanup 2018-10-23 21:06:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 231a11e2ce Merge 8.7 2018-10-23 19:39:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b7495e42ca Merge libtommath-no-stdint.h branch. Re-generated tclTomMath.h 2018-10-23 19:14:00 +00:00
dgp 7e4b0ec852 rework the logic a bit 2018-10-23 19:11:13 +00:00
dgp 9db751daeb End the deprecated practice of accepting "e" and "en" as valid index values. 2018-10-23 19:01:55 +00:00
dgp a883ddbe3e Refactor the SetEndOffsetFromAny() routine into its only caller. 2018-10-23 18:49:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7e67cf48eb Branch [https://github.com/libtom/libtommath/commits/no-stdint-h] from libtommath, by karel-m. 2018-10-23 18:37:54 +00:00
dgp 4ad4d79d41 The "end-offset" type is unregistered. No need for a setFromAnyProc.
Remove and simplify.
2018-10-23 18:24:50 +00:00
dgp 90d55a9da9 merge 8.7 2018-10-23 17:58:35 +00:00
dkf 983b95bdbd Enable CI builds with Travis. 2018-10-23 11:14:13 +00:00
pspjuth 394e22ef5d Updated tests to exercise new feature. 2018-10-22 21:15:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 140cd14f15 formatting 2018-10-22 20:40:25 +00:00
pspjuth 5b1614f31a Documentation and revision bump for tip 522 2018-10-22 20:27:03 +00:00
dgp c4e867d8dd merge 8.7 2018-10-22 20:23:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0748314c35 Merge changes in libtommath's latest "develop" branch 2018-10-22 20:12:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f8876cc390 Update libtommath to latest "develop" branch 2018-10-22 19:32:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 86013715f6 Missing ',' in documentation (discovered by MacOSX help processing). Some whitespacing 2018-10-22 18:36:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cee756478e Fix error-message on MacOS: the __LINKEDIT segment does not cover the end of the file.
Reason: We appended a zip-file to the end of the library, so during install "strip" doesn't work any more
2018-10-22 18:21:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2517987176 Merge 8.6 2018-10-22 17:54:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 49cd80a29d Fix "registry" test-cases. Thanks to Harald Oehlmann for spotting this! 2018-10-22 17:48:40 +00:00
dkf c201290179 Expand the build matrix 2018-10-22 13:11:45 +00:00
pspjuth 8c05c20df4 Implement TIP 522, Test error codes with Tcltest 2018-10-22 05:56:37 +00:00
dkf 3ecac0e0ab merge fork 2018-10-22 05:14:54 +00:00
dkf e4c108f3d7 Make new notifier code match Engineering Manual guidelines better 2018-10-22 04:30:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d2c82fc45a Change PTR2INT and PTR2UINT macros's so they can handle long's and Tcl_WideInt's too, so no longer restricted to the "int" range. 2018-10-21 20:38:02 +00:00
dkf 7c2e55d3fd Squash warnings in the OSX notifier 2018-10-21 10:50:21 +00:00
dkf 0c78f5bbad Disable windows builds. Make test failures fatal. 2018-10-21 10:16:05 +00:00
dkf 2e0a0b5305 Remove old README 2018-10-20 18:02:45 +00:00
dkf 1caba8a761 Add local links 2018-10-20 16:47:29 +00:00
dkf 6efd8f71f2 formatting tweak 2018-10-20 16:44:51 +00:00
dkf e5cf3448bd formatting tweak 2018-10-20 12:54:28 +00:00
dkf ea29292705 formatting fix 2018-10-20 12:01:49 +00:00
dkf d32d625787 Travis CI build 2018-10-20 11:57:59 +00:00
dgp 50ae8fdcf6 [d1d05d1c7a] Tests and fix for bignums in end-offset index value parsing. 2018-10-19 19:18:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cb061edef8 Merge 8.6 2018-10-19 15:52:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 49aba3d99e Add support for "nostub" in genStubs.tcl. Not used by Tcl 8.6, but might be used by Tk 8.7 when linked against Tcl 8.6 2018-10-19 15:51:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d8decf16a5 Merge 8.7 2018-10-19 15:49:41 +00:00
dkf fca6e38924 merge core-8-6-branch 2018-10-19 10:06:23 +00:00
dkf 09446c7544 Added another test case. This one is OK. 2018-10-19 09:59:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8bfcffa20a Merge 8.7 2018-10-18 21:54:37 +00:00
dkf 8a4ad6884b Make the object mutation operation as unrestricted as possible. 2018-10-18 21:40:17 +00:00
dkf 2021349249 Make fundamental mutation work. MAGICAL MAGIC MAGICS MAGIC. Abracadabra. 2018-10-18 21:38:08 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín e7392a5c22 Update TZ info to tzdata2018f. 2018-10-18 18:24:50 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín 6b0dccd9d5 Update TZ info to tzdata2018f. 2018-10-18 18:23:50 +00:00
dkf e006418946 Tests for advanced object mutation issues. 2018-10-18 14:58:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 49ebd1264d Add -Wpointer-arith compiler flag to gcc 2018-10-17 22:37:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 94d07354ce Merge 8.6 2018-10-17 20:02:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2881b5c3df Fix test-cases running on Windows 10: [string index $tcl_platform(osVersion) 0] doesn't give the correct answer then.
Also backport genStubs.tcl from 8.7: The "deprecated" mark is not used in Tcl 8.6, but it is used by Tk 8.7 when doing "make genstubs" against Tcl 8.6.
2018-10-17 19:55:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e0209e39ea Fix test-cases running on Windows 10: [string index $tcl_platform(osVersion) 0] doesn't give the correct answer then (it gives "1", but "10" was expected) 2018-10-17 19:51:47 +00:00
dgp e154c51512 merge 8.6 2018-10-17 16:24:16 +00:00
dgp e1196c53f2 Revert addition of "slowTest" as built-in constraint. (no TIP; no version bump).
Let the test file that needs the constraint define it with existing facilities.
2018-10-17 16:12:42 +00:00
dgp 56b431c4c2 Mark test macOSXFCmf-2.8 non-portable. It appears to pass when the older
HFS+ filesystem is in use, often on disk drives in older systems. It appears
to fail when APFS is in use, more typical on newer SSD storage.
2018-10-17 16:06:38 +00:00
dgp ac4291f473 Backport test fix. 2018-10-17 16:03:54 +00:00
dkf 2482413c83 Minor doc update 2018-10-12 18:45:54 +00:00
dkf de2192ab20 Turn [zipfs tcl_library] into more internal [tcl::zipfs::tcl_library_init]. It wasn't documented and isn't very useful outside of Tcl's startup code. 2018-10-12 18:44:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7fcc213b7a TCL_NUMBER_WIDE is deprecated 2018-10-12 18:24:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5aceb08fb4 Merge 8.6 2018-10-12 18:15:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1d465c4012 TIP #502 implementation: Index value reform. 2018-10-12 18:14:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cc945fabb7 Fix test for UNICODE in win/tclAppInit.c. No longer check for "tclsh install", because tclsh is not compiled with that. Fix minizip.c compilation on systems without open64() 2018-10-12 17:54:42 +00:00
dkf 621251ae2e Added docs for [zipfs lmkimg] and [zipfs lmkzip] 2018-10-12 12:07:13 +00:00
dkf 13e35220c2 Better document how to package an executable script in a zipfs 2018-10-12 09:52:56 +00:00
dkf 45e6ca04f5 Document [zipfs canonical] and add examples of how to use passwords. 2018-10-12 07:36:19 +00:00
dkf 5719d6ca30 Put documented [zipfs find] in ensemble. Add examples to docs. 2018-10-11 07:24:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 58d332cff9 Use TCL_THREADS in stead of defined(TCL_THREADS) everywhere, otherwise it will give unexpected results with TCL_THREADS=0 2018-10-09 21:13:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1f2c3cb141 isspace -> TclIsSpaceProc in various places.
Re-generate tclDate.c with Bision 3.1
2018-10-09 19:43:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 398efeba2d Fix test-case macOSXFCmd-4.1, by assuring the files are sorted alphabetically always. The file-sytem cannot be thrusted doing this. 2018-10-09 19:27:26 +00:00
dkf 0591917a06 Avoid making question marks bold or italic in docs UNLESS EXACTLY MEANINGFUL 2018-10-09 18:52:52 +00:00
dgp bbdb1f12a0 Use the 4 argument form of [makeFile]. 2018-10-09 18:24:57 +00:00
dkf fed4d43bd5 Balance the [makeFile/makeDirectory] and [removeFile/removeDirectory] calls (conditional now, so avoids warnings in filter/constraint cases). 2018-10-09 17:56:34 +00:00
dkf f9a4d9f781 Balance the [makeFile/makeDirectory] and [removeFile/removeDirectory] calls (conditional now, so avoids warnings in filter/constraint cases). 2018-10-09 17:55:20 +00:00
sebres 1a664df87f Balance the [makeFile/makeDirectory] and [removeFile/removeDirectory] calls (conditional now, so avoids warnings in filter/constraint cases). 2018-10-09 16:59:13 +00:00
dkf 77282aad96 Improve documentation of [tcl::process] 2018-10-09 08:21:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c9301353fc Tcl_GetStringFromObj -> Tcl_GetString 2018-10-08 22:32:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4b7747b505 Fix MSVC warning: warning C4146: unary minus operator applied to unsigned type, result
still unsigned (hopefully)
2018-10-08 20:47:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e7a40e1084 TIP #514 implementation: Platform differences in handling int/wide 2018-10-08 19:08:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ee49fa81d9 Merge 8.6
Also fix startup problems on win32, when the encoding path contains invalid UTF-8 (reported by François Vogel)
Various other code cleanup, e.g. remove empty.zip file, as this didn't work quite as expected.
2018-10-08 18:34:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cc4dae5c0f Streamline: Tcl_WinTCharToUtf/Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(): Always initialize DString, and let it return NULL when imput is NULL. That's what seem to assume the callers. 2018-10-07 20:26:33 +00:00
dkf 3826a26f8a Centralise the de-fanging of standard ensembles in safe interpreters. Doing it right once is easier than repeating hacks... 2018-10-07 19:34:52 +00:00
dkf 045e0f533d Add better error reporting to zipfs. 2018-10-07 12:25:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ac711bcf45 protect Tcl_WinUtfToTChar/Tcl_WinTCharToUtf against NULL input values: return empty string in that case.
Add TIP #494-compatible definitions of TCL_IO_FAILURE/TCL_AUTO_LENGTH, and use it in some appropriate places.
2018-10-06 17:12:46 +00:00
dkf b5f75d3392 More regularizing of function names, field names and testing styles 2018-10-06 16:49:40 +00:00
dkf ffc7a9f0b9 More cleaning up. 2018-10-06 13:07:52 +00:00
dkf a557024511 Cleanup work on zipfs(n) 2018-10-06 06:41:28 +00:00
dkf 0efc494b97 More tidying up of zipfs 2018-10-06 06:22:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 70fb513ba3 Merge 8.6 2018-10-05 21:22:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8985ee2114 Better implementations of Tcl_WinTCharToUtf() and Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(). They don't make any assumption on whether encodings are initialized, or specific win32 handling of special characters. 2018-10-05 20:54:59 +00:00
dgp 33d71c61d9 merge 8.6 2018-10-05 19:41:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 85aac3aef7 Fix wrong usage of Tcl_WinTCharToUtf() contract: nativePath should never be NULL, but actually it can be. 2018-10-05 19:37:38 +00:00
dgp c3c71b5f3c Post-TIP 505 editing of [lreplace] documentation. 2018-10-05 17:20:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d1ec31a73d Merge 8.6 2018-10-04 19:26:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9feb8b7c29 In registry, protect "keyName" from being NULL: This actually can lead to crashed (I experienced this ...). Update version to 1.3.3, and align implementation in all branches (core-8-6-branch and higher) 2018-10-04 19:22:37 +00:00
dkf b45b819dfe Clean up zipfs implementation a bit. 2018-10-04 10:42:11 +00:00
sebres c365555a69 fixed TclGetWideBitsFromObj - minus applied to unsigned type 2018-10-04 08:04:08 +00:00
dkf 9707adf634 Added Emacs metadata to a bunch of nroff source files. 2018-10-04 07:27:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 05e0ee4c06 Merge 8.6 2018-10-03 20:02:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 50a1375461 Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString: Don't allocate too much memory for this function.
Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString: Don't allocate too much memory for this function. And make sure that we never access more than 'length' bytes from the string, not even when encountering invalid UTF-8.
2018-10-03 19:24:13 +00:00
hypnotoad 8f20d609b9 Eliminating whitespace changes introduced by the prior checkin 2018-10-01 18:01:13 +00:00
hypnotoad ef381abdfd Pulling back in changes to fix testing on cross compiled static builds 2018-10-01 17:05:00 +00:00
hypnotoad 3dc49c128c Adjust when tcl consults zipfs until AFTER it has checked that env(TCL_LIBRARY)
has not been set
2018-10-01 16:41:12 +00:00
hypnotoad 38dcdcb300 Fixed the arguments that zipfs mount was sending in auto.tcl.
Standardized on 8 spaces instead of tab characters inside of that file.

(The indent pattern was not consistent and editing the file in a modern
editor was... painful.)

Added logic to check the current path for a zipfile with the name of the 
package being loaded. This allows wish to load tcl_library from a zip file in the same
directory as the executable. And in fact, any package which uses the 
tcl_findLibrary mechanism with get this behavior for free.
2018-09-30 23:12:13 +00:00
hypnotoad d0ac3d107b Adding Zipfile to the list of products produced for builds 2018-09-30 22:21:50 +00:00
hypnotoad f08ec44049 Adding logic for static builds to load a properly named zipfile
in the present working directory if that zipfile was not present in
either the install directory or the source directory.
2018-09-30 10:17:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans acbdbb87fb Add support for wine. So windows test-cases can now be run on Linux/Mac/whatever. 2018-09-29 20:39:10 +00:00
dkf a9dab78604 More readability improvements to unix makefile 2018-09-29 08:51:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 084fba1d17 \Merge 8.7 2018-09-28 19:59:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c414b83e0a Merge 8.7 2018-09-28 19:58:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3f2c2080cc Merge 8.6 2018-09-28 18:49:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3d5f129cb0 Another patch contributed by Gustaf Neumann: shifting negative numbers is undefined behavior in the C standard
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/8415895/is-left-and-right-shifting-negative-integers-defined-behavior
2018-09-28 18:45:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6d137e77a5 nmake build fixes for zipfs (ongoing, zip attachments not done yet) 2018-09-28 18:21:10 +00:00
dkf 4ee2aeb33d Small fixes to unix makefile 2018-09-28 13:59:19 +00:00
dkf fd03d49b6f Better phrasing from TIP 509 2018-09-28 09:54:24 +00:00
dkf 29fbee5784 Implement TIP 509: reentrant mutexes on all platforms 2018-09-28 09:50:58 +00:00
dkf eede8c60a1 Clean up code style and add key phrases to documentation. 2018-09-28 09:49:57 +00:00
dkf 9dabbdf40b merge core-8-branch 2018-09-28 09:18:49 +00:00
dkf 2f3fc1cfa2 Fix minor typo 2018-09-28 07:24:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 66dc9d1fbf Merge 8.7 2018-09-27 21:46:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e170502d63 Merge 8.7 2018-09-27 21:38:11 +00:00
dkf b1e6b58b6a Implementation of TIP 426: Determining the "Type" of Commands 2018-09-27 11:08:14 +00:00
dkf 6ec7c04557 Restricted the information made available to safe interpreters a bit. 2018-09-27 11:06:59 +00:00
dkf bfdc5233eb merge core-8-branch 2018-09-27 08:24:26 +00:00
dkf 1146932b9e Implementation of TIP 505: Make [lreplace] Accept All Out-of-Range Index Values 2018-09-27 08:22:07 +00:00
dkf 6cdb3193ec Implementation of TIP 505: Make [lreplace] Accept All Out-of-Range Index Values 2018-09-27 08:19:18 +00:00
dkf bf46b6a1da Updated documentation 2018-09-27 07:44:50 +00:00
dkf 00d5f9266b Implementation of TIP 516: More OO Slot Operations and TIP 515: Level Value Reform 2018-09-27 07:25:04 +00:00
dkf efa79f01e6 Implementation of TIP 516: More OO Slot Operations 2018-09-27 07:22:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9f745ab1cd Implementatin of TIP #515: Level Value Reform 2018-09-26 23:43:00 +00:00
dkf f0ab769a7c Implementation of TIP 508: [array default] 2018-09-26 23:17:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 59f808eb7a Improvements for zipfs. Document that TclZipfs_AppHook only works on Windows in UNICODE mode. Also, remove this from the stub table because it should never be called this way.
Prevent a possible crash on win32 startup.
2018-09-26 19:38:08 +00:00
dkf 9aa47b2cfa Improved comment. 2018-09-26 13:09:20 +00:00
dkf 761a7867d5 Make defaults work even when [upvar]ed to just a non-existent element. 2018-09-26 13:08:46 +00:00
dkf 46c087f956 merge core-8-branch 2018-09-26 09:47:14 +00:00
dkf 3b77852126 Fix semantics of [lappend] with defaults in a procedure. 2018-09-26 08:12:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f0f3d8a55b merge 8.6 2018-09-25 21:18:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d5583552c0 Contributed patch from Gustaf Neumann, preventing problems where "localCachePtr" can be NULL 2018-09-25 21:16:32 +00:00
dgp 71e4ddb74f merge 8.7 2018-09-25 13:31:19 +00:00
dkf b1f92f4888 Added test cases for errors 2018-09-25 10:18:32 +00:00
dkf beac2287a9 Corrected the semantics of [append] with defaults 2018-09-25 07:36:09 +00:00
dkf 7b0e9cef60 More correct variable existence checks 2018-09-25 07:27:31 +00:00
dkf 76e2e078e3 Correct variable existence check in [array default exists] 2018-09-25 07:24:44 +00:00
dkf 036cd8c9be merge core-8-branch 2018-09-25 07:24:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ac61d77a41 More fixes in Tcl_WinTChar2Utf: Don't restart loop when output contains null-byte. 2018-09-24 23:24:00 +00:00
dgp d0fab95780 merge 8.6 2018-09-24 16:19:17 +00:00
dgp 338b9ec9d2 Silence debugging message in test suite. 2018-09-24 16:15:25 +00:00
dkf 4719e1f68d Add tests. Exposes quite a few bugs in the implementation... 2018-09-24 08:21:36 +00:00
dkf be629669a5 Added docs 2018-09-23 17:29:46 +00:00
dkf 8a6dda8529 merge core-8-branch 2018-09-23 16:42:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 243ea5f7a3 Merge 8.6 2018-09-23 13:29:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6d3aeef45e Give lambda function a name "ReceiveChunked" for easier testing. New function quoteString and code cleanup 2018-09-23 13:27:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fbdc68b6a2 Handle the (unlikely) case that Tcl_DStringSetLength() results in a re-allocation of the buffer 2018-09-22 16:51:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4603752cef merge tip-515 branch 2018-09-22 13:37:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d6a9a5d664 Merge 8.7 2018-09-22 13:24:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9f9a9e291d Change ULLONG_MAX -> UWIDE_MAX, LLONG_MAX -> WIDE_MAX and LLONG_MIN -> WIDE_MIN everywhere, because not all platforms equal Tcl_WideInt type as equal to "long long". This should fix test-cases on platforms where Tcl_WideInt != long long, and have no effect on 'normal' platforms 2018-09-22 13:18:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1795b4118f merge tip-515 (which is pre-requisite for this TIP now) 2018-09-22 12:54:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4ec357c743 merge 8.7 2018-09-22 12:45:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 31b9d1f712 Fix a couple of test-cases, since http1.0 is no longer there 2018-09-22 12:29:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 25ac7e62ba forgot one location for http version number 2018-09-22 12:05:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 854cf964d2 Merge 8.6 2018-09-22 10:21:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 63ef0e3d26 Update http version number, and fix some related test-cases 2018-09-22 10:20:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans df89a7f211 Prevent possible build order problem, due to missing dde/registry dll's.
Make sure that Tcl_WinTChar2Utf() never produces intermediate null-bytes.
2018-09-22 10:09:23 +00:00
dkf d025ae5c08 merge core-8-branch 2018-09-21 09:29:24 +00:00
kjnash 39318d91b7 merge bug-46b6edad51-concurrent-http 2018-09-20 13:41:13 +00:00
kjnash d24a3eb2ba merge 8.6 2018-09-15 18:41:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bd42171094 missing type-cast 2018-09-13 20:37:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c5943ec574 Eliminate the use of macro's like LLONG_MAX|MIN, since they assume that Tcl_WideInt equals "long long". Also eliminate uses of Tcl_WideAsLong() and friends, as - often - simple type cases make things more clear. 2018-09-13 20:33:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f11320b6b0 Fix various test-cases, which started failing on Windows due to TIP #430 2018-09-13 20:31:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1775284940 Fix test-case registry-6.20, which started failing starting with the TIP #389 commit. 2018-09-13 20:30:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3200ec75ef Stub fix, safe interpreter fix, and use more size_t wherever possible 2018-09-12 19:32:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9b45aaa5b0 TIP #430 implementation 2018-09-12 19:30:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1a3cef4874 Make ready for TIP #494 compatibility 2018-09-11 22:41:00 +00:00
dkf 90e3bdc291 Simplify the slot resolution protocol 2018-09-11 07:44:04 +00:00
dgp cdce5491b3 Rebase TIP 505 implementation a patch for 8.6. 2018-09-10 15:28:23 +00:00
dkf 4f17861678 Tests and docs 2018-09-10 08:33:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0babbf966b slightly better: Use GetFileSizeEx() on win64 and GetFileSize on win32 2018-09-09 17:05:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b47bd89d44 TCL_NUMBER_WIDE -> TCL_NUMBER_INT. Two test-cases still failing 2018-09-08 21:49:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 33201eb14c Bring back test-cases closer to what they were 2018-09-08 21:34:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 079f1e33dc Merge TIP-515 branch, so part of the corrections in the TIP-514 implementation branch now moved to the TIP-515 implementation. 2018-09-08 21:29:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a35eba4ac2 Merge core-8-branch 2018-09-08 21:18:57 +00:00
dkf 0d73b8a7c0 Implementation of TIP 516 2018-09-08 12:52:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 945b10776d Merge 8.6 2018-09-07 22:23:00 +00:00
sebres 9a15a1b586 small code review (duplicate code removed) 2018-09-07 14:24:49 +00:00
dgp 4b7caf2e4a merge 8.6 2018-09-07 12:11:01 +00:00
dgp 95db69f27b Added test for [631b4c45df]. 2018-09-07 12:04:32 +00:00
sebres e94df65350 merge 8.6 (segfault fix) 2018-09-07 12:02:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b8d2426e1b Use GetFileSizeEx() in stead of GetFileSize(), to get the file size on Windows.
Minor improvement: attach empty .zip file to tclsh.exe (both for Windows and UNIX), zo "zip -A" can be used to modify its zip contents.
2018-09-07 11:56:40 +00:00
sebres e80eaec4d3 amend to [e8ab4d85fa], proc.test: extended with new test-case to cover situation like [631b4c45df] 2018-09-07 11:55:01 +00:00
sebres b9577c0641 closes [631b4c45df]: segfault by usage of wrong length (no string representation) 2018-09-07 10:45:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 833b02bc83 TIP #515 implementation: Level Value Reform 2018-09-07 09:53:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6269e32c3b Bug-fix: Move TclZipfs_AppHook() from 0 -> 2 in the stub table, otherwise it overrides the entry for Tcl_MacOSXOpenBundleResources (since MacOSX is UNIX as well...). 2018-09-06 11:25:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3e7ffcaf4b Code review 2018-09-06 09:47:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5c9968a001 Minor code cleanup.
win/tclWinPipe.c: Eliminate some compiler warnings on mingw-w64
win/tclWinNotify.c: Eliminate tsdPtr->timeout variable, since it's only being written to.
other files: code cleanup, eliminate unnecessary type casts
2018-09-05 12:11:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cf341f6a19 Merge 8.7 2018-09-05 08:07:25 +00:00
dkf fbef9aa840 merge core-8-branch 2018-09-04 19:47:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fdf1df3b29 Fix [540bed4bde]: binary format can result in "integer value too large to represent".
Implemented a new utility function TclGetWideBitsFromObj(), which handles the overflowing of integers using bignums. 
This function can be used in a _LOT_ of other places, preventing code duplication. Done that as well.
Those changes have no effect on other commands, only two new "binary format" test-cases for this specific situation: binary-44.5 and binary-44.6
2018-09-04 14:37:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ce13b82329 Merge 8.7 2018-09-03 13:45:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2f2b7f6ac7 Eliminate use of wideBiggerThanInt test constraint, since it's the same as {longIs32bit wideIs64bit}. And ... it's name is actually wrong ...
Don't use int() any more in any test constraint, since it's semantics might change. We don't want the test constraints to change with it. (See: TIP# 514)
Simplify implementation of wideIs64bit test constraint, just testing for 64-bit sign bit is enough.
2018-09-03 12:53:15 +00:00
dkf 5f1bd2f2e3 Implement TIP 478: Add Expected Class Level Behaviors to oo::class 2018-09-02 13:48:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2afacbce95 Merge 8.7, and improve TIP implementation (using utility function in more places) 2018-08-30 21:28:51 +00:00
sebres 0787b1d152 merge 8.6 2018-08-30 11:14:15 +00:00
sebres cb9f3f9268 merge 8.5 2018-08-30 11:13:09 +00:00
sebres 6d88b01d1e test-cases to cover quoting of the newline character, and the documentation extended. 2018-08-30 11:08:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c8e7bb7653 Fix compilation on 32-bit platforms, and fix unit-tests in this environment 2018-08-29 19:30:37 +00:00
sebres 6dfe3f5de6 merge 8.6 2018-08-29 17:01:22 +00:00
sebres 77a26f5c95 merge 8.5 2018-08-29 16:59:10 +00:00
sebres 9cec6bac27 tcltest: forgotten built-in constraint "slowTest" 2018-08-29 16:58:06 +00:00
sebres 2f19b0f346 small amend to [cae24931ed] (no _CRT_glob in both cases __GNUC__ || TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS). 2018-08-29 16:55:36 +00:00
sebres 265c9d416f partially cherry-picking of [5099a81b50], never reached 8.6, so for example build for MINGW breaks tests winpipe-8.1 etc, because "*" will be expanded. 2018-08-29 15:55:13 +00:00
sebres db610f91eb code review after merge with 8.5 (restore usage of some functions, after lost by conflict resolving) 2018-08-29 15:49:19 +00:00
sebres afb5bf5583 merge 8.5 ([21b0629c81] 0-day vulnerability - insufficient escape by exec of batch-files for windows) 2018-08-29 15:41:55 +00:00
sebres 9b7ce068fe closes [21b0629c81] 0-day vulnerability - insufficient escape by exec of batch-files for windows 2018-08-29 14:45:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans eeebae7172 Now, restore wide(), but make int() the same as entier(). Add new utility function. 2018-08-28 22:28:50 +00:00
dkf d4d1014e7d merge core-8-branch 2018-08-26 11:07:37 +00:00
sebres 820a737a2f code review, skip slow test winpipe-8.2 executed args from injectList particularly (normally winpipe-8.3 covers the same but jointly), to enable use parameter -constraints slowTest, added new test with randomly generated potentially dangerous args 2018-08-23 10:26:03 +00:00
sebres c2d61d8dbc code review, restored backwards compatibility of the simplest escape of quote-chars (so reverted several tests winpipe-7.x) 2018-08-23 08:00:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 80d62f0547 improved reange checking (also for the Tcl 9.0 proposal). Make platform test platform 32/64-bit independant 2018-08-21 21:36:03 +00:00
sebres fb0bf9d1b9 fixes escape for special cases (+ more test-cases):
- `%` char to be escaped (quoted) in any case (regardless pairing flag), otherwise `%username%` will be interpolated as username.
- escape of multiple backslashes before quote is different (as without following quote) in unpaired quote syntax (upaired flag set)
2018-08-21 18:52:21 +00:00
sebres 01dd016ad8 because executable (1st argument) always proper escaped now, don't need to replace long path name of batch-executable with short path name (reduced to 16-bit applications only). 2018-08-20 19:58:44 +00:00
sebres d660b325b5 small amend: avoid reset of unpaired quote flag between arguments (previous affects next) + test cases extended with several injection checks. 2018-08-20 16:15:37 +00:00
sebres 26b477b907 win: fixes [21b0629c81] - exec/open process pipe under windows (0-day vulnerability - insufficient escape) 2018-08-20 14:35:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e588745d77 Re-base branch "all-wideint" to core-8-branch. Still WIP 2018-08-19 09:33:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 89ff80fbdd merge-mark 2018-08-19 09:16:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b3fc99501e Still WIP. All test-cases pass now in 32-bit 2018-08-19 09:13:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b3993adcfb Merge 8.6 2018-08-17 22:21:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 90afac281e Minor fix to entier(): Allow it to convert to "wideInt" as well when range is appropriate 2018-08-17 22:15:49 +00:00
sebres aed158b518 win: TclpCreateProcess or [exec process ...] - search for application extended with ".cmd" extension:
automatically tries appending ".com", ".exe", ".bat" and ".cmd", in that order, to the name, looking for an executable.
(partially cherry-picked from 8.6 branch)
2018-08-17 18:26:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c475df7cfb Undo various test-case changes, in order to prove platform compatibility 2018-08-16 18:54:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 51ce0579e8 Few more test-cases 2018-08-16 18:13:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 57102e40e9 Experiment, resolving platform differences at script level. Don't look ... 2018-08-16 18:03:27 +00:00
hypnotoad 9b285dde85 Merging changes with 8.7 2018-08-14 08:46:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans afc4e512cb Merge 8.7. Also provide a new function for handling ByteArrays 2018-08-14 07:27:38 +00:00
pooryorick e5270637c0 Reposition the MODULE_SCOPE definition so that packages like tbcload don't get
an error when they include tclPort.h.
2018-08-14 05:43:17 +00:00
dkf f5efc84600 Added a note about the genesis of the compiled header. 2018-08-11 12:01:06 +00:00
dkf 245151ad96 Improve script compilation. Prove that compilation works with safe interps. 2018-08-11 11:18:20 +00:00
pooryorick 65f3d0f56b Repair breakage in recent refactoring of env.test. 2018-08-10 18:57:53 +00:00
pooryorick 18c102aa70 minor changes to documentation 2018-08-10 18:44:41 +00:00
pooryorick e53f3cf9c6 Tighten up SaveResult.3, make installManPage more robust against newlines. 2018-08-10 15:03:14 +00:00
dgp 6c78bf0adc Repair breakage in recent refactoring of env.test 2018-08-08 20:48:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans eeead325b4 Merge 8.7 2018-08-08 07:01:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 12647cc4fb Merge 8.6 2018-08-08 06:46:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8346cad0dd Fix harmless gcc warning 2018-08-08 06:45:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 620b4d531d merge 8.6 (test cases fix in ioTrans) 2018-08-07 08:22:28 +00:00
dkf ed3e9c60ba Combine the two bits of scripted code inside TclOO's definition into one. 2018-08-05 20:14:04 +00:00
dkf d87884d51b Make it much easier to maintain the TclOO initialisation script. 2018-08-05 15:01:30 +00:00
sebres de5637f853 ioTrans.test: fixed cleanup - avoids error deleting "tempchanfile": permission denied: file seems to be locked/opened inside interp $idb 2018-08-03 13:46:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 40947c7d3e Purge end-of-line spacing 2018-08-02 22:37:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cff4a9d980 merge 8.6 2018-07-31 20:22:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c1ae69114b Remove some actually dead code 2018-07-31 19:49:51 +00:00
sebres ad757b50dc merge 8.6: bug [d051b77fc1] fixed 2018-07-26 18:58:03 +00:00
sebres 5902889825 amend after merge: 8.6th provide additionally an error-code (so missing errCode = "OVERFLOW") 2018-07-26 18:56:41 +00:00
sebres 04c687936c merge 8.5 - bug [d051b77fc1] fixed 2018-07-26 18:51:03 +00:00
sebres 304b569170 merge test cases from 8.6 2018-07-26 18:15:17 +00:00
sebres 2133e40e58 amend to [d498578df4], still one test for [Bug ba921a8d98] with inplace by subst inside string (compiled as "strcat" instruction) 2018-07-26 18:07:34 +00:00
sebres c7cdc550c4 test cases added to cover width overflow by format (should cause limit exceeded) 2018-07-26 16:46:47 +00:00
dgp 7633450128 [ba921a8d98] Make sure [string cat] includes all data from all bytearrays. 2018-07-26 16:14:44 +00:00
sebres 7e727bed70 closes [d051b77fc18d7340]: fixed segfault by integer overflow (if width by format like "%4000000000g" overflows to negative values by scan of length) 2018-07-26 15:57:38 +00:00
dgp 164a7f04c0 New test for [Bug ba921a8d98]. 2018-07-26 15:51:28 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 54fbd7dbcb Resolve inadvertent fork 2018-07-25 01:43:43 +00:00
pooryorick 772d2da10b Fix for [ba921a8d98e02a96] - concatenating binary array with empty string yields the empty string. 2018-07-22 20:44:16 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 0ae1df9bfc Merge 8.6: Add a note in the 'clock' man page about the interpretation of impossible values on [clock scan] 2018-07-21 18:45:41 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 814c867db4 Add a note in the 'clock' man page about the interpretation of impossible values on [clock scan] 2018-07-21 18:45:09 +00:00
sebres 6667ddcb54 merge 8.6 2018-07-20 16:05:48 +00:00
sebres d00a212e82 win: avoids warning by x64-build in function 'TclWinCPUID' - pointer targets in passing argument 1 of '__cpuid' differ in signedness [-Wpointer-sign] (int* vs unsigned int*) 2018-07-20 15:58:56 +00:00
sebres 7fb72851e8 win: fixes x64-build within gcc-compile runtime env for (mingw64, etc): "$do64bit" may be "amd64|x64|yes", so it could find & copy wrong zlib.dll. 2018-07-20 15:54:11 +00:00
sebres 4a3f32b84a win: fixed test-cases (see [525ccacaef]) running under windows outside of temp-folder 2018-07-16 13:59:29 +00:00
dkf 77aceb5c5f Added more tests and made [initialize] an alternate spelling for [initialise]. 2018-07-15 15:46:33 +00:00
sebres 8a7c004dbc merge 8.6 2018-07-12 15:31:27 +00:00
sebres a1790a1683 merge 8.5 2018-07-12 14:25:09 +00:00
sebres 885a163b3c win: closes [3f7af0e21e13f1f5] - avoid "permissions denied" by file delete, if file stat (TclpObjStat) used internally in other worker, for example by usage of file mkdir etc. 2018-07-12 14:17:57 +00:00
sebres 87e508c590 amend to [1830f9f520e2abdd], fixed package.test if built without test - avoids test file error: package "Tcltest" isn't loaded statically 2018-07-10 08:19:08 +00:00
sebres a76637248c merge 8.6 2018-07-09 19:03:38 +00:00
sebres 2a46a48670 merge 8.5 2018-07-09 18:15:34 +00:00
sebres 51aecf205d closes [270f78ca95b642fb]: fix the race condition for file mkdir if some worker deletes directory immediately after the succeded create inside 3rd worker. 2018-07-09 17:18:07 +00:00
dkf d0f8889c8f And another test 2018-07-07 08:57:49 +00:00
dkf 27110774bd Added direct tests for [myclass] 2018-07-07 08:45:00 +00:00
dkf 5a06fd4bcf Document the [myclass] command; someone might find it useful besides me. 2018-07-07 08:22:13 +00:00
dkf 969f9f571c Improving the singleton 2018-07-06 13:50:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 64cbe6e187 Merge 8.6. Also remove a useless #undef/#define which will be overrided later. 2018-07-05 19:46:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 367ce9ad48 tclDictObj.c:366: warning: dereferencing type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules
Prevent this warning, which gcc 4.4 (a.o.) gives on this construct. void pointers work well already in whatever assignment.
2018-07-05 19:39:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6982ae0ca7 Make Tcl_GetUnicode() a macro. Mark many other stub-entries which are no longer are in use (because they were converted to macros) as deprecated, since they will be removed in Tcl 9.0 2018-07-04 20:20:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans da7eafc83b Micro-optimization in Tcl_GetString() and Tcl_GetStringFromObj() 2018-07-04 20:18:39 +00:00
dkf 414bcee273 Documentation for [classmethod] 2018-07-02 07:44:09 +00:00
dkf d11660acfe Create a special command, [ :my:class], (in each instance namespace) that allows objects to delegate methods to their class. 2018-07-01 16:39:11 +00:00
dkf 5c7ba37901 More docs 2018-06-30 21:36:01 +00:00
dkf 1d1e95e779 More docs 2018-06-30 18:30:53 +00:00
dkf bffb982059 More docs 2018-06-30 13:44:25 +00:00
dkf 0978bd50ce Started to write documentation 2018-06-30 05:13:39 +00:00
dkf 3f8c7d5d40 More test cases. More fixes. 2018-06-29 07:15:06 +00:00
dkf 4c24e60418 Split out TIP 478 tests into their own file. 2018-06-28 10:40:37 +00:00
dkf 8219fb2632 Tests for abstract and singleton 2018-06-28 08:12:07 +00:00
dkf 082e8c6d7a Add better error handling and make the delegation work with cloning. 2018-06-27 07:39:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7a9d97826e Since Tcl is always compiled with -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE (on Windows) and we know TCL_UTF_MAX>=4, we can simplify things. No change in functionality. 2018-06-26 19:45:22 +00:00
dgp 9683822257 merge 8.6 2018-06-26 17:07:02 +00:00
dgp 9da2aebeae Use a thread exit handler, and not a custom exit proc for package cleanup. 2018-06-26 17:00:29 +00:00
dgp bf884c9bc9 merge 8.6 2018-06-26 14:23:22 +00:00
dgp ed5ed756bc Restore lost tests. 2018-06-26 14:22:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 77bd578d9f TIP #512 implementation 2018-06-25 20:41:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fdee46ab16 merge 8.6 2018-06-25 20:38:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0839047d8b Simplify ToUtf(), expecially for TCL_UTF_MAX>3 (with correct surrogate handling).
Fix various typo's
2018-06-25 07:22:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 94f9cf81ed Fix "string tolower" and friends for handling unpaired surrogates correctly. Also add test-cases for those situations.
Various typo's in comments.
2018-06-24 20:26:27 +00:00
pooryorick e2a79c2604 Fix for [3592747]: Let TclNRTailcallEval handle namespace problems. 2018-06-24 07:17:46 +00:00
dkf 05209c57d3 Make the delegates work by moving their creation into C. 2018-06-23 15:03:26 +00:00
pooryorick 6cbfdcc4a3 Add a test for no generation of a string representation when comparing with the
empty string.
2018-06-23 14:18:06 +00:00
pooryorick 94ec3d9431 Add another suppress rule for valgrind, factor test code into
tests/tcltests.tcl, and constrained a some tests in the valgrind case.
2018-06-22 15:10:04 +00:00
pooryorick 6c1e9f2b0c merge pyk-tcltest-exit 2018-06-21 22:44:04 +00:00
pooryorick 563bd6e4dd Fix function signature of TclThreadTestFinalize. 2018-06-21 22:43:18 +00:00
pooryorick b418ff1759 merge pyk-tcltest-exit 2018-06-21 22:23:04 +00:00
pooryorick 56ca35e8a9 Add custom exit procedure for tcltests executable. 2018-06-21 22:21:31 +00:00
pooryorick 107fb1eb33 Suppress more valgrind "still reachable" reports and ensure that threads are
fully finalized in thread tests.
2018-06-21 22:16:29 +00:00
pooryorick c911dc937f Add valgrind suppression for dlopen and ensure that processes are reaped in
http11.test.
2018-06-20 19:06:40 +00:00
pooryorick 645241afc1 Remove recent auto_path modification in tests/all.tcl and suppress more
valgrind reports.
2018-06-20 08:03:22 +00:00
pooryorick 03a3c09b1f new file: tools/valgrind_suppress. num-callers bumped from 8 to 24. Valgrind
now issues no "still reachable" reports for cmdAH.test.
2018-06-19 11:47:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5c87050dd8 Merge 8.6. And add more documentation and test-cases regarding the behavior of Tcl_UniCharToUtf() 2018-06-18 15:59:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3c57d80efe Fix [53cad613d8]: TIP 389 implementation makes Tk tests font-4.12 and font-4.15 fail. One more situation in which high surrogate causes problem 2018-06-18 15:54:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 04004f3abc Unbreak build on Windows (and - most likely - some other platforms too) 2018-06-18 15:51:43 +00:00
pooryorick 155e8a1ad5 Avoid valgrind "still reachable" reports stemming from early termination of
threads.
2018-06-18 08:09:32 +00:00
pooryorick 625aca976a Full cleanup of env cache when in a PURIFY build. 2018-06-18 07:06:04 +00:00
pooryorick e9c0ec1219 Plug leak in TclSetEnv. 2018-06-18 05:59:22 +00:00
dkf 8e696a5e5d Leaving out the weird delegates stops the test failures. 2018-06-17 17:27:41 +00:00
dkf 9e511d7874 Most of the implementation ported over. [classmethod] is trickier... 2018-06-17 16:47:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5af99f55b2 merge 8.6 2018-06-17 16:11:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8047a470ef Fix [53cad613d8a4de166e680f09a6c6399ebddbc17c|53cad613d8]: TIP 389 implementation makes Tk tests font-4.12 and font-4.15 fail. (Fix it in 8.6 too, for benefit of androwish) 2018-06-17 16:07:09 +00:00
dkf 1f91c778bb Split scripted parts of TclOO into their own file. 2018-06-17 15:42:58 +00:00
pooryorick 2b739c838a Remove dependencies between tests in env.test. 2018-06-17 08:47:29 +00:00
pooryorick dd713ee96e Add tests/tcltests.tcl as a place to store common code for tests. 2018-06-16 22:57:36 +00:00
pooryorick 983854ad7b Add tests/tcltests.tcl as a place to store common code for tests. 2018-06-16 22:56:07 +00:00
dkf 7bf68c2335 Add in basic github meta-files to reduce problems with issues being filed where we don't see them. 2018-06-16 18:07:30 +00:00
pooryorick 41a6159754 new package
tcltests
exclude some exec.test tests when running under valgrind
2018-06-16 17:55:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c9802b0230 merge 8.6 2018-06-15 18:37:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans df97278634 merge 8.5 2018-06-15 18:35:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 06fc5fb636 Align common install locations in SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG and SC_PATH_TKCONFIG. Add FreeBSD (closes [d6d60efd35]) and OpenBSD 8.5 paths 2018-06-15 18:31:24 +00:00
pooryorick 15f804e04e new package
tcltests
exclude some exec.test tests when running under valgrind
2018-06-15 13:17:17 +00:00
dgp e5de25734f merge 8.6 2018-06-13 16:12:54 +00:00
dgp e393000b1d merge 8.5 2018-06-13 16:06:38 +00:00
dgp 83d92bd747 Stop creating a stray child process. 2018-06-13 15:59:15 +00:00
pooryorick 33b8401436 Avoid valgrind "still reachable" reports stemming from early termination of
threads.
2018-06-13 10:49:25 +00:00
hypnotoad d62033b7e2 Adding typecasts in tclZipfs.c to eliminate a compiler warning 2018-06-12 19:32:03 +00:00
dgp 1b3a0a73ae Remove AbsolutePath(), no longer used. 2018-06-12 19:16:38 +00:00
dgp 9e3e0498e7 merge 8.7 2018-06-12 19:14:47 +00:00
dgp 0d36d5f3d8 merge 8.7 2018-06-12 18:03:09 +00:00
dgp a54459bed6 close fork 2018-06-12 18:02:24 +00:00
dgp b5e61d9f54 merge 8.6 2018-06-12 17:53:43 +00:00
dgp 5a05e0d782 merge 8.5 2018-06-12 17:53:19 +00:00
dgp 9c8f784329 [860a9f1945] Remove test safe-8.8; Mac OS 9 tests are no longer useful. 2018-06-12 17:10:03 +00:00
fbonnet 7fe9e1b90c Removed thread-specific mutex lock counter and replaced by shared counter + thread ID for systems without PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2018-06-09 17:20:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bae4992913 merge-mark (Unicode 11.0 beta was already here, and there were not changed in the final version) 2018-06-09 07:45:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1efbaebb6a Merge 8.5 (= update Unicode data to Unicode version 11.0) 2018-06-09 07:44:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ac47e6953d Update all Unicode tables to Unicode version 11.0 2018-06-09 07:42:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 400feb302b Update to latest tzdata (backported from 8.6) 2018-06-09 07:41:47 +00:00
sebres 9c9b3d93f9 merge 8.5 (empty merge point, no functional changes, because does not affect 8.6) 2018-06-08 13:02:59 +00:00
sebres 04d1270786 resolves some warnings by compiling with new gcc-versions (>= 7.x):
- '*' in boolean context, suggest '&&' instead [-Wint-in-bool-context]
  - passing argument 1 of 'Tcl_CreateExitHandler' from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
2018-06-08 12:50:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f8b9cb869d re-generate configure script (where does --runstatedir come from? 2018-06-08 06:56:33 +00:00
pooryorick 4755be8f41 Give tests more time to finish since valgrind slows things down considerably. 2018-06-07 20:59:27 +00:00
sebres c2e16d9b1f amend to [eeefdb44cf]: fixes missing install path (closes [593aa7c421]) for mingw/*nix 2018-06-05 21:59:09 +00:00
sebres 3b14a4b0ed re-autoconfigure with v.2.69 2018-06-05 09:10:56 +00:00
sebres a3fdad2b4f merge 8.6 2018-06-05 09:04:08 +00:00
sebres b89a3efc56 merge 8.5 2018-06-04 13:52:19 +00:00
sebres 240e6b50d2 fixes [92564326a9] if compiled on some x86 systems (with dirent64 but without DIR64, partially cherry-picked from https://www.androwish.org/index.html/info/6119b8ac2aee8411). 2018-06-04 13:49:38 +00:00
dgp 38be8d3de6 merge 8.7 2018-06-04 13:17:58 +00:00
dgp 29bbdb74d3 merge 8.7 2018-06-04 13:07:15 +00:00
dkf ddd37fb237 TIP 500: Private Methods and Variables in TclOO 2018-06-03 11:44:19 +00:00
dkf 63be474164 merge core-8-branch 2018-06-02 14:19:33 +00:00
kjnash 754bb107b4 Bugfix - always cleanup persistent socket. 2018-06-01 18:34:07 +00:00
dgp fa47c96ac2 merge 8.7 2018-05-31 19:23:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5e3ca11761 Neither use --disable-threads on MacOS builds, and don't mention it any more in the README 2018-05-31 07:17:23 +00:00
dkf 6ab540f5ff Tweaking the documentation 2018-05-30 09:38:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 63b0fef31a No longer pass "--enable-threads" to battery-included sub-packages, since it's the default, even when Tcl is built without threads, now. This opens the way (in the future) to remove this option from the sub-packages 2018-05-30 07:15:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bb503004b6 merge 8.6 2018-05-29 07:23:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 267cdaec03 One TCL_NORETURN -> TCL_NORETURN1 minor mistake. Make it build when Tcl_SetPanicProc is a macro (normally it isn't) 2018-05-29 07:23:05 +00:00
sebres a2ce3dab9b merge 8.5 2018-05-28 13:17:18 +00:00
sebres 6a4d06759e win: searching for FQDN in user-name should be utf-8 safe (user-name could contain non-ascii utf-8 chars) 2018-05-28 13:13:39 +00:00
sebres 6966f0a2b1 merge 8.5 (conflicts resolved, rewritten without winapi-stubs) 2018-05-28 12:26:20 +00:00
sebres 89a84af271 merge-integrate sebres-bug-9e6b569963-8-5-branch to 8.5 2018-05-28 12:05:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f2ec60553a merge 8.7 2018-05-27 16:32:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bb5d24622f don't bother to use constraint "threaded", because that's the way we want to build anyway 2018-05-27 14:17:08 +00:00
dkf 813979693c Add sensible behaviour with export and unexport of private methods. 2018-05-27 12:04:39 +00:00
dgp c8da3bbfaf close fork 2018-05-26 13:14:33 +00:00
fbonnet 35f5b82868 Fixed test process-7.3 2018-05-26 11:13:34 +00:00
fbonnet b91a2765ae TIP #509: Implement reentrant mutexes on all platforms 2018-05-25 19:43:23 +00:00
sebres 5e7a1545a6 minor indentation fix (no functional changes) 2018-05-25 15:51:23 +00:00
sebres f4651a5660 avoid dual init of stubs (possible race condition, 8.5th only) 2018-05-25 15:48:50 +00:00
sebres a0290b85c5 optimized winapi-stubs loading (8.5th only); if user name specified without domain and equals the current user - try safest and fastest way to get current user-home path (without usage of netapi) 2018-05-25 15:04:27 +00:00
sebres 8145564d30 merge/reintegrate test-cases from bug-9e6b569963 2018-05-25 10:04:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 66ef201ad7 merge 8.6 2018-05-25 06:51:55 +00:00
fvogel 6d943ef7b5 Remove test filesystem-1.30.3, this is unstestable 2018-05-24 20:51:45 +00:00
sebres 1c13d543f4 [9e6b569963] win: if user specified without domain (and local user was not found), try to resolve user-home using current domain, so following code's are similar:
file normalize ~$::tcl_platform(user)@$::env(USERDOMAIN)
  file normalize ~$::tcl_platform(user)
2018-05-24 20:49:12 +00:00
sebres 263de53394 merge 8.5, conflicts resolved (rewritten without winapi-stubs) 2018-05-24 20:36:32 +00:00
sebres a410c0d8d5 fixed typo in winFCmd-12.6.2: unneeded extra-bracket removed 2018-05-24 20:20:26 +00:00
sebres ecec1703aa win: TclpGetUserHome should return normalized path (also in case we find domain and NetUserGetInfo returns path), PoC:
file normalize ~$::tcl_platform(user)@$::env(USERDOMAIN)
2018-05-24 20:12:43 +00:00
fbonnet fae1c11488 Create new branch named "tip-509" 2018-05-24 16:26:16 +00:00
dgp 1ab67324ca merge 8.7 2018-05-24 13:27:12 +00:00
dgp 202eeb707c merge 8.7 2018-05-24 12:24:54 +00:00
fvogel 36a1a69178 Add support for ~domain\user style user names, with new test test filesystem-1.30.3. Warning: does not yet work. 2018-05-23 21:08:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans edb38932e8 Unbreak build with other CFLAGS, such as TCL_MEM_DEBUG=1 or TCL_THREADS=0 on Linux 2018-05-23 19:31:15 +00:00
dgp 46aab3eb09 unbreak the build 2018-05-23 13:34:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ce025f259b Simplify usage of TCL_THREAD, along the lines of [eeddb0693a950be980a66de3811630a00c7bab54|eeddb0693a]. Suggested by DKF 2018-05-22 20:53:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f6af18a947 More removals of TCL_THREADS usage (configure scripts/win makefiles) 2018-05-22 20:12:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b729965a3c Fix build with TCL_THREADS=0 on Linux/other without epoll or kqueu support. In that case, fallback to select notifier 2018-05-22 20:10:21 +00:00
dkf 0cab7d260b More docs 2018-05-22 08:26:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 708eadd19e Demonstrate how Tcl can build without TCL_THREADS defined at all (assuming TCL_THREADS=1 as default). Activated by -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1. See also [eeddb0693a950be980a66de3811630a00c7bab54|eeddb0693a] 2018-05-21 08:12:51 +00:00
dkf 7bbadfe0e0 merge core-8-branch 2018-05-20 15:09:43 +00:00
dkf 4523d8df2c Disable many warnings that are pointless in the stub library. Yes, it accesses deprecated fields, we know because we deprecated them. 2018-05-19 11:26:13 +00:00
dkf 791f1c2741 Minor updates to C API to handle private methods. 2018-05-19 11:18:51 +00:00
dkf d431841a06 Corrections for a number of small things to align with TIP 2018-05-19 08:38:42 +00:00
fvogel dffe6bc7f1 Add test filesystem-1.30.2 {normalisation of nonexistent user specified as user@domain} 2018-05-19 07:10:43 +00:00
fvogel 423f761169 Fix [9e6b569963]: file normalize ~user fails on Windows 2018-05-18 19:54:56 +00:00
fvogel ba42e43e97 Add test filesystem-1.30.1 checking file normalize ~$::tcl_platform(user). This test should currently fail when the computer is connected to a Windows domain controller, due to [9e6b569963]: file normalize ~user fails on Windows 2018-05-18 06:18:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4f1ea4779b TIP #491 implementation: Threading Support: phasing out non-threaded builds 2018-05-17 18:53:29 +00:00
dkf e6fdfbe93b Make [info object methods] and [info class methods] work right. 2018-05-15 13:04:10 +00:00
dkf bd706be303 Make sure that [self call] reports useful info. 2018-05-14 20:55:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4e12ee1bc4 merge 8.6 2018-05-14 19:16:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7672af7212 merge 8.5 2018-05-14 19:16:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans eae621b175 Unbreak build when HAVE_FTS is not set.
Move definitions of Tcl_DirEntry and TclDIR to tclWinPort.h, where it actually belongs
2018-05-14 19:14:40 +00:00
fbonnet c2fceada6c Initial implementation of TIP #508: [array default] 2018-05-13 22:15:36 +00:00
fbonnet 6ba27f887c Create new branch named "tip-508" 2018-05-13 21:56:54 +00:00
dkf 5eef06ea24 Correct results from unknown method handler. 2018-05-13 19:20:52 +00:00
dkf 9333525d11 Make [info vars] aware of private variable resolution. 2018-05-13 16:10:44 +00:00
dkf 911c1c6237 Merge core-8-branch 2018-05-13 10:08:32 +00:00
dkf 49a9e59311 General code style cleanup. 2018-05-13 07:17:00 +00:00
dgp 242d4d7095 Missing test file boilerplate. 2018-05-11 17:26:13 +00:00
dgp c744824995 merge 8.7 2018-05-11 11:51:18 +00:00
dgp ae6192f9cb merge 8.7 2018-05-11 11:26:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9cb3b15616 TIP #425 implementation: Correct use of UTF-8 in Panic Callback (Windows only) 2018-05-11 09:42:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6d0cc0c589 Merge 8.5. This adds Emoji 11.0 support, when Tcl is compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX>3. Useful for Androwish, for example. 2018-05-11 09:20:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d9bc6cbae2 Add emoji 11.0 to the set. Only active when compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX>3. Also prepare tooling for Unicode 11.0 (while being on it) 2018-05-11 09:14:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 388266030b merge 8.6 2018-05-11 08:12:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ede72e80ac merge 8.5 2018-05-11 08:10:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7bf3f83abd Rename Tcl_Dir to TclDIR, making it clear that this macro is not part of the public API 2018-05-11 07:53:20 +00:00
fbonnet d3fd405e6b Added tcl::process test suite 2018-05-10 17:37:10 +00:00
fbonnet eed54b6281 Fixed makefile.vc: install will create missing dir "tcl8/8.7" for msgcat 2018-05-10 13:47:37 +00:00
fbonnet 6dbdfc31d2 Added man page for tcl::process 2018-05-10 13:44:43 +00:00
dgp 35d6c2453e merge 8.6 2018-05-09 15:49:27 +00:00
sebres f7f4cbb151 merge 8.5 2018-05-09 10:34:44 +00:00
sebres f5e8751307 amend to [85bcf84100]: replaces DIR with Tcl_Dir (DIR/DIR64 regarding HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64) 2018-05-09 10:29:33 +00:00
pooryorick 7855612da6 Fix epoll notifier memory leak in initialization/finalization routines, 2018-05-08 20:03:14 +00:00
dgp 7f26fedbcc merge 8.6 2018-05-08 15:00:40 +00:00
sebres 47e9dbdc37 prevents UB/segfault by unexpected return-code (not -1/0/1) and avoid warnings like:
tclCmdMZ.c:2815:15: warning: `s1` may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
  s1len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(s1, s1len);
          ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2018-05-08 10:16:26 +00:00
sebres 8fd1568405 merge fix for [92564326a98b5510] from 8.5 2018-05-08 09:56:35 +00:00
sebres 78ee8c697e fixes [92564326a98b5510]: wrong x64-aligned handle from readdir64 by opendir/rewinddir/closedir, if HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 used. 2018-05-08 09:49:16 +00:00
dkf 08f43a1ff4 More efficient way of getting array element names; why search when direct lookup is possible? 2018-05-07 15:42:08 +00:00
pooryorick 1f71d7079b merge core-8-6-branch 2018-05-07 14:33:15 +00:00
dkf 5cef8b0f8e Make the 'varname' method know about private variables. 2018-05-07 12:43:40 +00:00
pooryorick 5f0cf291f5 Deduplicate code in INST_STR_CMP, StringCmpCmd, and StringEqualCmd. 2018-05-07 07:43:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5500074eff Remove some tip389 restrictions in test-cases, which are no longer necessary.
Eliminate gcc compiler warnings when compiling with -DTCL_UTF_MAX=6
Other code clean-up and comment improvements. No change in functionality.
2018-05-07 07:40:58 +00:00
pooryorick db133f0144 Factor options handling out of StringCmpCmd. 2018-05-06 18:13:54 +00:00
dkf 66525c95ee Documentation. 2018-05-06 14:20:29 +00:00
pooryorick 86c6a11cdb Preparation to deduplicate code between byte-compiled and legacy
implementations of [string compare].
2018-05-06 13:45:21 +00:00
dkf 13bdb0305c Corrections to test names. 2018-05-06 07:17:27 +00:00
dkf 2a19591dc7 Fix up instance privates. 2018-05-06 07:13:30 +00:00
dkf 411bfad9f4 merge 8.7 2018-05-05 17:30:52 +00:00
dkf f58e9ed842 Private methods seem to be working... 2018-05-05 17:23:17 +00:00
pooryorick e383cd7b26 Avoid generating string representation when comparing the empty string. 2018-05-05 17:04:08 +00:00
pooryorick 3a3fd2954f Avoid generating string representation when comparing the empty string. 2018-05-05 16:38:27 +00:00
dgp 5238a999d5 merge 8.7 2018-04-27 13:21:27 +00:00
hypnotoad ab49bdfd12 Added an initialization of 0 for the namelen field for new ZipFile data structures. In memory
debugging mode, that value will be something random, not zero on alloc.
2018-04-27 03:06:36 +00:00
dgp 351c77bca3 silence compiler warning 2018-04-24 14:02:49 +00:00
dgp c1555b7cfd merge 8.7 2018-04-24 13:59:43 +00:00
kjnash 227db01958 Restore production test settings: set tests/httpPipeline.test to non-verbose, and comment out most Log calls in library/http/http.tcl 2018-04-21 14:22:35 +00:00
kjnash 41954059c4 merge 8.6 2018-04-21 13:47:09 +00:00
kjnash b169c964e6 Amend httpPipeline.test tests to use stdout not stderr, and thus avoid the report {Test files exiting with errors} even when all tests pass. 2018-04-21 13:31:16 +00:00
kjnash 3771e638b0 Document the new proc http::registerError in http.n 2018-04-20 20:06:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f44e7c1795 Merge 8.7
Move stuff from SC_ENABLE_THREADS to SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS in tcl.m4, so SC_ENABLE_THREADS is no longer needed in configure.ac
2018-04-17 22:48:00 +00:00
dgp 04604552b2 ran autoconf on the unix directory. This breaks the build. 2018-04-16 14:51:19 +00:00
dgp b5d6b4f138 merge 8.7 2018-04-16 14:46:58 +00:00
dkf ad02c0b532 Added basic tests of the 'private' definition command. 2018-04-15 15:11:38 +00:00
dkf 28e500cbf9 Testing the private variables. 2018-04-15 14:47:26 +00:00
dkf 637c7dbc7e Added tests for [info object creationid] 2018-04-15 10:29:48 +00:00
kjnash 4588d7300e Restore Tcl 8+4 tab convention 2018-04-13 15:48:13 +00:00
kjnash d690b84738 Improve detection and reporting of TLS errors. New command http::registerError to assist the latter. Ensure that http::cleanup cancels any timeout event if not already done. Add comments on non-blocking read/gets. 2018-04-13 15:41:00 +00:00
dkf 49879791f4 Duplicate the private variable config when cloning objects. 2018-04-13 07:23:37 +00:00
dkf 8262e514d0 Added introspectors mentioned in TIP. 2018-04-12 23:54:58 +00:00
dgp 48ed067359 merge 8.7 2018-04-07 17:12:14 +00:00
dkf 5a8d06b076 Start of private method dispatch machinery. 2018-04-05 07:26:27 +00:00
kjnash 6bc8c27b7f Restore most lines to 80 columns 2018-04-04 13:37:37 +00:00
kjnash 6a58a0cab2 Use coroutines to remove blocking on HTTP connections 2018-04-04 12:00:03 +00:00
kjnash 1357172367 Increase test timeout to 10s. Remove commenting from Log calls that report long delay for [socket]. 2018-04-01 01:09:57 +00:00
kjnash 466fd1d930 Chasing timeout bug: reduce client timeout to 4s in tests; more sanity checking in non-keep-alive tests; tidying; more logging in http.tcl. 2018-03-31 15:27:52 +00:00
dgp 008f1c98d0 merge 8.7 2018-03-30 19:53:14 +00:00
dgp 3fe69cba13 merge 8.7 2018-03-30 19:51:05 +00:00
dgp 42a2b87f32 merge 8.7 2018-03-30 19:42:35 +00:00
dgp a3204f806c Rebase TIP 502 draft implementation. 2018-03-30 12:32:22 +00:00
kjnash 441e4f6796 For thorough testing, set test file to verbose, and uncomment Log calls in http.tcl. 2018-03-30 10:13:57 +00:00
kjnash 3117af219f Bugfixes. Details in ticket 46b6edad51. 2018-03-30 10:02:44 +00:00
kjnash a0e1b18138 Adapt tests/httpPipeline.test for test without installation. Comment out some Log calls from tests/httpTestScript.tcl 2018-03-29 18:20:56 +00:00
kjnash 70af5c2b82 Implement queuing and pipelining for HTTP requests over a persistent connection. 2018-03-27 14:20:23 +00:00
kjnash d38ae8f974 Adapt fconfigure -translation for two-way pipelined operation. 2018-03-27 08:56:16 +00:00
kjnash 0d887fa465 Define variable tk used in Log calls for testing. 2018-03-27 08:55:21 +00:00
kjnash e9bb0992b0 First step for implementing concurrent requests using the same connection. Define namespace variables socket* and http where they will (eventually) be used. Leave them unused except in http::init where they are initialised. 2018-03-27 08:52:40 +00:00
kjnash f35c0dc2ed Revise tests/http11.test for use with commits from 78b23edb6b onwards. Adjust proc "handler" to conform to http(n) 2018-03-27 08:49:13 +00:00
kjnash e80e214673 BUGFIX. Send "Connection: keep-alive" even if HTTP/1.1. Some servers (including Apache 2.2 on RHEL6) use the discretion granted by RFCs and will close the connection unless this header is sent. 2018-03-27 08:37:06 +00:00
kjnash 731f40c6d9 New http::config option -zip to control whether to send an "Accept-Encoding" request-header for a zipped response. Default true for backward compatibility. 2018-03-27 08:32:37 +00:00
kjnash 767cf6314a Workaround for bug with https and unchunked response. A [read] does not deliver until the server closes the socket. The workaround is to specify the buffer size as the precise length required. 2018-03-27 08:29:43 +00:00
kjnash b00317d174 Changes to response handling in Finish, Eot and Event. Carefully distinguish expected and premature eof. Stricter handling of errors, minor bugfixes. Details in ticket 46b6edad51. 2018-03-27 08:25:14 +00:00
kjnash a8408767a4 Add "array unset socketMapping" in http::init. The sockets are closed and therefore do not belong in socketMapping, which should be unset. 2018-03-27 08:20:14 +00:00
kjnash 4f8b177250 Tidying - add empty else clauses, omit :: at start of command name http::CloseSocket in proc definition, use two lines instead of "return [Finish ...]" because there is no return value! 2018-03-27 08:17:38 +00:00
kjnash 25aad1ab18 Update some Log calls, mainly to specify token. 2018-03-27 08:15:26 +00:00
kjnash 3b48db4a90 Update some comments and a Log. 2018-03-27 08:12:47 +00:00
kjnash 58eff8f224 Rename some variables and commands. Details in ticket 46b6edad51. 2018-03-27 08:10:50 +00:00
kjnash 97721e9675 Add parentheses to some "if" tests; transform one test without changing its outcome. 2018-03-27 08:08:19 +00:00
kjnash d88d33f74d Give all procs an explicit return, except where commented as "Implicit Return". 2018-03-27 08:07:05 +00:00
kjnash 0a9706f48f Adjust to 80 columns except one 82-column line which would be less intelligible. 2018-03-27 08:05:42 +00:00
kjnash 45f91441a5 Adjust whitespace to Tcl 8+4 tab convention. 2018-03-27 08:03:58 +00:00
kjnash 38781266d3 Create new branch named "bug-46b6edad51-concurrent-http" 2018-03-27 07:48:33 +00:00
dgp 843d29b448 Rest of TIP 505 implementation -- mostly undoing dumb things. 2018-03-26 18:59:00 +00:00
dgp 1a73baff09 Work in progress implementing TIP 505. 2018-03-26 16:27:40 +00:00
dkf 383c53f80e This should be the implementation of private variables. 2018-03-18 18:04:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ba9cf35aa3 In case of redirecting stderr to a file on Windows, append CRLF after Panic output. 2018-03-15 23:01:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans db41a49d9c merge 8.7 2018-03-15 21:53:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cbbab84b71 Merge 8.7 (convert makefile.vc to CRLF line-endings only) 2018-03-15 21:13:00 +00:00
dgp 55a65632d0 Merge 8.7; Updated the package manifest by hand; was broken until then.
If there's a maintenance knob to turn, that needs to be better known.
2018-03-15 19:09:42 +00:00
dgp 47152d94c1 merge 8.7 2018-03-15 14:06:52 +00:00
dgp f52d25e68a merge 8.7 2018-03-11 23:08:20 +00:00
dgp 6de6ee8aa9 merge 8.7 2018-03-07 15:13:07 +00:00
dgp 3616fc519b merge 8.7 2018-03-06 13:50:45 +00:00
dgp 5fd49d1907 Merge 8.7; avoid checkin converting TclGetNumberFromObj to TclParseNumber. 2018-03-05 16:09:08 +00:00
dgp 7024801722 merge 8.7 2018-03-01 20:20:55 +00:00
dgp 40dfdbd929 Avoid full list conversion when we can cheaply discover a multi-element list
is not possible.
2018-03-01 19:30:15 +00:00
dgp 0cb6effe14 Continue consistent use of LLONG_MIN and LLONG_MAX. 2018-03-01 04:19:37 +00:00
dgp a0c07fcf28 merge 8.7 2018-03-01 04:13:47 +00:00
dgp 221f1bc18e Use mp_isneg() as appropriate. 2018-02-28 13:40:36 +00:00
dgp c0c1cce296 merge 8.7 2018-02-28 13:38:01 +00:00
dgp a628ce605f merge 8.7 2018-02-27 23:17:17 +00:00
dgp 3607c177d9 Don't save indices with values outside the int range in bytecode. 2018-02-27 22:35:24 +00:00
dgp e1efe253d2 Much more progress expanding the vocabulary of index values, and getting
results that make more intuitive sense.  Still a few TODOs and tests to update.
2018-02-27 18:20:44 +00:00
dgp 544d338e0e Work In Progress on index value reform -- not working. 2018-02-27 13:13:11 +00:00
dkf 5b5bd699ff Starting to build the implementation of the private methods and variables. Definition support. 2018-02-25 12:04:55 +00:00
dgp 3b3a5ff07f Better range checking in "string index". Add test-case to prove point.
This opens a large discussion on what the right valid range for index
values should be and what overflow behavior should be. New branch opened
to answer those questions completely.
2018-02-15 17:24:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 69868ee129 merge core-8-branch. Now tested as well with new nmake system. 2018-01-20 14:36:36 +00:00
hypnotoad e16df96d28 Fixed a problem where a Windows hack was occuring after it was called in the
tclZipfs.c file, preventing it from compiling properly.
2018-01-19 20:27:15 +00:00
hypnotoad 608373fcb1 Modifications to allow the mounting of zip file systems from data blocks
Added a new stubs entry to mount a data block as a zip file system
2018-01-17 15:56:32 +00:00
hypnotoad a866c42f19 Modifications to index zip file systems by mountpoint, and separate the process
of mounting a zip archive from the process of indexing its contents. This work
is progress towards being able to pass a data block to the zipfs system
as a new file system to be mounted.
2018-01-17 01:09:07 +00:00
hypnotoad 3502aebe10 Tweaks to the tclZipfs.c file to allow the same C source to be used both
in the core and as a static package for external shells (Via TEA)
2018-01-16 23:25:50 +00:00
hypnotoad 9947048fbd Tweaks to zipfs.test 2018-01-11 16:45:52 +00:00
hypnotoad 37b48e808c Fix tests dependent on other tests in zipfs.test
Add a workaround for the fact that dynamic libraries called out from a non-install
location can't be located and mounted in time to be a candidate for tcl_library
when running under the constraints of "make test"
2018-01-09 18:10:06 +00:00
hypnotoad 3fc7771456 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2018-01-09 16:28:11 +00:00
dgp 7aa147800f Minimal fixes to stop the [package files] machinery writing to freed mem.
This contribution needs a careful review from someone who actually knows
how Tcl_Preserve, etc. work.
2018-01-04 02:23:37 +00:00
hypnotoad b533731c50 Modifications to clean up warnings on compile 2017-12-29 21:41:00 +00:00
hypnotoad 983b089edb Removing the standalone pkgIndex.tcl. There is enough stuff that needs to be
manually edited in the init.tcl script for new releases as it is, there is no
sense in having yet another file to edit.

Marking which distributed packages are safe to load in a safe interpreter
2017-12-29 20:40:29 +00:00
hypnotoad 47c7771af1 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-12-29 15:13:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1dd89810eb merge core-8-branch 2017-12-23 20:22:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 53795bd199 merge core-8-branch 2017-12-21 13:26:56 +00:00
hypnotoad 72af38dd32 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-12-16 03:33:44 +00:00
hypnotoad 7f1c241ea2 Update the config.test with new keys needed for zipfs 2017-12-16 03:30:58 +00:00
hypnotoad 45a3c74a04 Removing static package declaration of zipfs. 2017-12-16 03:24:21 +00:00
hypnotoad 71cf0dba40 Re-arranging code and providing forward prototypes to allow the C infrastructure of
Zipfs to be activated from withing the first call to TclZipfs_Mount(). This keeps up
from having to expose TclZipfs_Init in the stubs table.
2017-12-16 03:22:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 603e23c2a9 merge core-8-branch 2017-12-15 16:08:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3f03f8189e Oops, couldn't build tclWinPanic.o. Fixed now. 2017-12-15 13:04:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c576cbec93 merge core-8-branch. Fully functioning now, including with the new vc-reform implementation. 2017-12-15 12:55:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5c4f8d88b5 fix comment 2017-12-14 14:38:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c5c1a721f merge core-8-branch. Fully tested now, works fine. 2017-12-14 13:41:37 +00:00
hypnotoad 2756d01872 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-12-13 15:52:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bf868c1c56 Initial implementation of TIP #491. Not tested yet. 2017-12-11 14:19:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a69614b432 merge 8.7 2017-12-06 12:24:26 +00:00
hypnotoad 9b22762d4c Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-29 01:59:41 +00:00
hypnotoad 0951ca5344 Closing leaf 2017-11-29 01:59:12 +00:00
hypnotoad bb48fae153 Pulling changes from the last core-8-branch that doesn't cause a segfault in kits 2017-11-28 18:06:22 +00:00
hypnotoad ae2707f558 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-26 18:27:33 +00:00
tne 99dc87a51d Restoring the Makefile.in for the win/ directory after an unfortunate copy/paste error 2017-11-25 10:54:15 +00:00
hypnotoad 7154cc9c47 Tweak to ensure mount points for zipfs are corralled into the //zipfs:/ prefix space 2017-11-24 11:46:34 +00:00
hypnotoad b3ff8cc20c Pulling changes from Androwish 2017-11-24 11:21:55 +00:00
hypnotoad 2fcfa34fcf Restoring whitespace to tclZipfs.c to improve legibility. 2017-11-24 10:32:10 +00:00
hypnotoad 2d811a0adf Fixing a goof, Zipfs was looking for the Dll where the installer put the file,
which is not necessarily where the file will be found at runtime.
2017-11-23 11:55:03 +00:00
hypnotoad 09f849cabd Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-21 22:34:06 +00:00
hypnotoad d997aa477d Added additional functions to the "install" command in tclsh 2017-11-21 18:57:31 +00:00
hypnotoad 8225859a93 Eliminated the need for a preinit script in Tip 430's AppHook.
tcl_findLibrary now knows to scan the dll offered up by [info loaded] to see if
an attached zipfile could possibly contain the files the extension is looking for.
2017-11-21 16:49:24 +00:00
hypnotoad 35adf8c728 Removing the pool of literal values within the internals of tclZipfs.c. Replaced with
a single pointer to a const string once discovery has sorted out where tcl_library 
is to be loaded from.

Fixed a goof in the build system if tcl is compiled outside of the source directory
2017-11-21 14:21:48 +00:00
tne 334149646f Fixes to "make clean" to do a better job of cleaning up zip files and vfs directories
Fixed a type that was keeping minizip from building
2017-11-21 04:26:37 +00:00
hypnotoad d8a921174e Added an implementation of tinydir.h, and spliced it into minizip to allow
minizip to recurse directory structures (and get us out of having to feed `find`
via autoconf)
2017-11-21 04:07:45 +00:00
tne d7b40297d2 Final tweaks to make "./tclsh install" work properly on Windows
NOTE: We still seem to be screwing up minizip on MinGW. the `find . -type f` substitution is not working
2017-11-21 01:14:05 +00:00
hypnotoad 9ef614086a Typo fixes for minizip 2017-11-21 00:41:04 +00:00
hypnotoad 6b40a5dc5a Added a new function to the Zipfs: TclZipfs_TclLibrary, which returns a previously
discovered /library file system from a zip archive, performs the search to see
if the current dll has one (and return that), or NULL if zipfs cannot locate
/library.

Injected a call to [zipfs tcl_library] (which invokes TclZipfs_TclLibrary) inside
if interp.c as the first command to try to locate Tcl_Library (if a preinit
script hasn't already pointed one out to us.)
2017-11-21 00:36:55 +00:00
tne 3cd8b86e50 Change to TclZipfs_AppHook to accomidate Windows 2017-11-20 23:34:21 +00:00
hypnotoad d2fc7a6ed5 Fixing the quoting for arguments to minizip 2017-11-20 22:45:35 +00:00
hypnotoad 12a14f4954 Updating tcl.m4 in windows to fix a typo 2017-11-20 21:29:57 +00:00
tne 1f34b918b9 Removing debugging printf() statement 2017-11-20 19:35:40 +00:00
tne 4a8bb308e8 Fixes to determing the dll location on Windows using GetModuleFileName() 2017-11-20 19:21:12 +00:00
hypnotoad 3640513caf Autoconf fixes 2017-11-20 18:08:12 +00:00
hypnotoad 4e97c16367 Modifications to allow the Tcl build system to exploit either a native zip
executable in the path or a tclsh that understands the new "install" keyword
from the command line

Added a new file to /library which is run when the user executes "tclsh install ..."

Embedded in installer.tcl is a facility for building zip archives
2017-11-20 17:09:44 +00:00
hypnotoad 280b6aa62e Added handling to allow Tclsh to intercept a zip file fed as the first command line argument, and open it as a kit 2017-11-19 18:16:43 +00:00
hypnotoad fe346634a7 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-18 20:28:20 +00:00
tne 1d444f5610 Now that UNC paths work correctly on Windows, removing the platform specific zipfs mount point for windows 2017-11-18 20:25:25 +00:00
hypnotoad 30938251a2 Adjust the rule to look for libtcl_XXX.zip ONLY in the directory that contains
the executable or the install location for tcl. The directory adjacent copy
is only looked for and mounted in an install location version cannot be located.
2017-11-18 20:21:13 +00:00
aspect 157e55c7bc Reserve paths matching //[^/]*: for VFS mount points, and prevent calling
native filesystem ops during normalization for them.  This is permitted by UNC
standards (which do not allow : at the end), and should prevent observed slow
[glob] operations (and others) on Windows when using such paths.
2017-11-18 17:07:48 +00:00
aspect d8a0c08bbc add some tests for join and normalize 2017-11-18 17:04:03 +00:00
aspect 3730061388 fix zipfs tests 2017-11-18 17:02:08 +00:00
hypnotoad b171f5cc41 Added documentation for the zipfs root command and working of TclZipfs_AppHook 2017-11-18 12:21:35 +00:00
tne 02a019458f Updated zipfs tests to recognize the mount points are different on different platforms 2017-11-18 11:59:20 +00:00
hypnotoad b59255450b Added a pool of literal strings to zipfs to manage constants that are being belched out by the file system.
Created a separate mount point for Unix and Windows, with a new "zipfs root" command to tell the user which
location to use for their platform
2017-11-18 11:48:08 +00:00
hypnotoad c6d82079ea Added a package manifest to init to allow core distributed packages to
auto-populate [package ifneeded] on startup
2017-11-17 17:23:01 +00:00
hypnotoad 52d32b1033 Integrating fixes from aspect that make the //zipfs:/ mount point viable, and
also allow one archive to be mounted in multiple locations
2017-11-17 12:54:56 +00:00
hypnotoad f85da9c9fd Pulling changes from core-zip-vfs 2017-11-17 12:39:06 +00:00
hypnotoad f20b58c6a9 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-17 12:29:40 +00:00
hypnotoad 9513859f8c Closing a fork 2017-11-17 12:28:37 +00:00
aspect f81c2ae724 fix [glob] handling of leading // 2017-11-17 11:53:19 +00:00
aspect 7c1f63bb60 clean up stray unused dstrings 2017-11-17 10:24:45 +00:00
aspect 4515103846 whitespace consistency 2017-11-17 10:21:41 +00:00
aspect 87d37d3101 Zipfs: Nix AbsolutePath() and most uses of CanonicalPath(). Tcl_FSNormalizePath is to be trusted. 2017-11-17 10:17:47 +00:00
aspect da76cd286c Zipfs: Use //zipfs:/ as mount point. Use Tcl_FSNormalizePath() on the way in to most VFS operations. Add some tests. 2017-11-17 08:39:31 +00:00
hypnotoad 3c532f6336 Rebuilt the configure files without the call to the missing SC_ENABLE_ZIPFS macro 2017-11-17 04:47:16 +00:00
tne ded3368d3c Final tweaks to get Msys Zipfs build working 2017-11-17 04:45:07 +00:00
hypnotoad e84763748b First pass on the Msys style windows build. Moving Zipfs features closer together in the autoconf 2017-11-17 04:13:48 +00:00
hypnotoad 8079a467a7 Pulling changes from core-8-6-branch 2017-11-17 03:10:54 +00:00
hypnotoad be47788793 Moved Zipfs initialization and path hinting out of tclInterp.c and into
a preinit script populated by TclZipfs_AppHook
2017-11-17 03:09:26 +00:00
hypnotoad 62fbfd89d7 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-11 13:22:35 +00:00
hypnotoad 932afb0105 Improvements to tip430 to embed the /library file system within a shared library
or as a zip archive with a canonical name matching the current patch level

This new version also builds a native executable version of minizip to 
allow archive to be built within make, even when cross compiling

Added a new function TclZipfs_AppHook which implements tip430 core
behavior startups to stock tclsh

Embedding the file system as a zip archive can be defeated with --enable-zipfs=no
2017-11-11 09:18:09 +00:00
hypnotoad b2722c42b1 Pairing down the tip#430 branch to only include files and utilities
called out by the tip. Eliminated the header files tclZipfs.h and
zcrypt.h. The only public calls for tclZipfs.h are now in the stubs
table and the contents of zcrypt.h are already part of the minizip
implementation that Tcl keeps around in the compat/zlib/contrib/minizip
directory. tclBootVFS.h hasn't been used by the implementation in a while.

Alos eliminated the mkzip.tcl facility from tools/. The C based mkzip is
much faster and more reliable
2017-11-08 09:41:00 +00:00
hypnotoad c2dfae0758 Removing kit building facilities. They aren't part of the tip430 spec 2017-11-07 19:51:53 +00:00
hypnotoad 23440fcbd7 Removing patches for Androwish that are not needed for tip430 2017-11-07 19:26:21 +00:00
hypnotoad 399ff79e21 Adding a [file normalize] to zipfs tests that are looking for absolute filenames.
On Linux symlinks can cause a discrepency in what the tests think they are looking for.
2017-11-07 19:13:34 +00:00
hypnotoad 338e92cb28 Updated the zipfs portion of the testsuite to tip430 standards 2017-11-07 18:45:24 +00:00
tne 433dff0c14 Pulling changes from core-8-branch 2017-11-07 16:46:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 67e505d2ab First implementation of [http://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/481.md|TIP #481]: Extend size range of various Tcl_Get*() functions 2017-10-27 08:45:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ef7ea2c390 merge trunk 2017-10-24 13:59:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5470f13299 tclWinPanic.c is in the \win directory, not in \generic! 2017-10-23 13:47:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c0effc5b46 merge trunk 2017-10-23 13:23:08 +00:00
hypnotoad fc947a1ad4 Pulling changes from trunk 2017-10-16 20:35:30 +00:00
hypnotoad 54bc992b81 Improvements to Tip#430 based on community input. Added a forward declaration of TclZipfs_Init. Added TclZipfs_Mount() and TclZifs_Unmount to stubs table. 2017-09-25 16:23:56 +00:00
hypnotoad e55f59bd83 Pull changes from Trunk 2017-09-25 13:36:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 15f27ca8f2 Rebase to trunk 2017-09-08 11:04:34 +00:00
hypnotoad c55b8ed591 Pulling changes from trunk 2017-09-05 16:44:09 +00:00
hypnotoad 522456ba98 Removed the package style loader from tclAppInit. Zipfs now loads as part of the interpreter. 2017-09-05 16:33:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b5273bc1fa merge trunk 2017-05-04 14:19:52 +00:00
hypnotoad 627f0a4d6a Pulling changes from zipfs 2017-03-10 17:03:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b645469c95 merge core-8-6-branch 2017-03-07 12:21:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e295641767 merge core-8-6-branch 2017-03-07 09:09:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c3a18ac8f4 merge core-8-6-branch 2017-02-27 16:04:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f9dda45e97 merge core-8-6-branch 2017-02-25 15:57:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a5c310f993 merge core-8-6-branch 2017-01-17 09:06:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 80d9aa777b Merge core-8-6-branch. Better deal with patterns regarding hidden files in ZIP filesystem (taken over from upstream androwish) 2017-01-16 12:46:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c745f44e3a Merge core-8-6-branch 2017-01-06 11:47:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 21d4596064 Merge core-8-6-branch. Remove (temporarily) write-functions from zipfs. Let first TIP-version handle read-only functions only. 2016-11-14 15:51:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5f738db586 Merge core-8-6-branch. Update upstream changes to zipfs.c 2016-11-07 11:16:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 76bb4d1ea4 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-11-02 12:09:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4db368d595 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-10-03 14:56:00 +00:00
hypnotoad 9dfe53af4a Re-created the build mods for tip#340. Something I was doing was screwing with building
a proper shell
2016-10-02 18:42:56 +00:00
hypnotoad e58a9dabbe Typo fix for Makefile.in 2016-10-02 18:30:43 +00:00
hypnotoad 3e0c5c6c90 Pulling change from trunk 2016-10-02 12:00:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e9e40f5f02 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-09-26 15:03:11 +00:00
hypnotoad a4dbdda700 Adding build scripts to implement Tip#453 2016-09-14 15:11:12 +00:00
hypnotoad 5bf83d86b6 Further adaptations and improvements to practcl.
And get, tclsh make.tcl basekit even works now
2016-09-14 15:04:41 +00:00
hypnotoad 3c85e6e0ef Pulling changes from trunk 2016-09-14 13:38:30 +00:00
hypnotoad 58ab27bf86 Fixed the line endings on practcl.tcl 2016-09-14 13:36:27 +00:00
hypnotoad 824b71f959 Beginning work in earnest on Tip#430 and Tip#453
Renamed zipfs.c to tclZipfs.c. Eliminated tclZipfs.h.

Removed the bootstrap introduced by Odie/Androwish. With zipfs in the core
one only needs to specify the TclPreInitScript

The project at least builds on OSX. Working on Windows under MSYS/MinGW next

Added a local snapshot of practcl.
2016-09-14 13:33:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c3c935369d merge core-8-6-branch 2016-09-08 07:24:06 +00:00
hypnotoad e14a1e9e3d Pulling changes from Trunk 2016-09-08 03:01:05 +00:00
hypnotoad 5c93243c18 Pulling changes from zipfs 2016-09-08 03:00:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bd1370959e merge core-8-6-branch 2016-08-30 13:42:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a852495cf6 merge zipfs 2016-08-19 13:42:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9a7f1bd48c merge core-8-6-branch 2016-08-19 08:58:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 47cb19c83f merge core-8-6-branch 2016-06-23 11:51:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f4cc5617a6 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-06-14 10:00:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e48602d674 Merge core-8-6-branch 2016-06-03 13:22:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e9a8c42972 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-05-19 11:46:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5bcc7fa342 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-04-24 16:14:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b0c45c3ad0 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-04-18 09:35:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e1e49c9dd1 Merge core-8-6-branch, cherry-pick [http://www.androwish.org/index.html/info/04ea31271c40789d|04ea31271c40789d] 2016-04-08 14:55:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 18ba46bf37 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-04-07 09:19:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5b719a2281 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-04-05 08:23:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans edbf30e23a merge core-8-6-branch 2016-03-30 09:20:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 395d0889b0 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-03-30 07:52:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ba0d107038 merge core-8-6-branch 2016-03-23 15:12:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 763f9dff55 minor upstream changes 2016-03-02 15:39:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bbcef5b648 merge trunk 2016-03-02 15:10:48 +00:00
hypnotoad b3b6f6ff99 Pulling *more* changes from zipfs 2016-02-08 21:59:46 +00:00
hypnotoad 71b97d16f3 Merging changes from zipfs 2016-02-08 21:58:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 25d1f4aa03 Merge trunk 2016-02-08 16:11:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 22f5c55560 Upstream zipfs change and unbreak zipfs test-case 2016-01-29 09:17:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3cf33e9e9f merge trunk 2016-01-24 16:57:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a288c5e54a Merge trunk.
Depend on ensemble now, adapt documentation.
2016-01-23 20:33:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c3e9d3205f Add "zipfs" ensemble. 2016-01-22 08:45:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 227fbec0fc Merge trunk, upstream fixes to zipfs.c for win32 2016-01-19 10:43:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dc21089720 Merge trunk 2016-01-18 14:33:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f6bb864fc7 Minor tweaks in documentation/testcases. Don't use deprecated Tcl methods any more 2016-01-18 09:28:55 +00:00
hypnotoad bd7d14f293 Reconciled the inner workings of the core_zip_vfs and zipfs branch of Tcl
core_zip_vfs now uses the same C implementation. More fixes to come as I
tweak the userspace and Makefile tools. The goal is to fold core_zip_vfs
into the zipfs branch.
2016-01-12 19:03:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 982211da16 Merge trunk. Update documentation 2016-01-09 23:02:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a1740d9766 Make al zipfs command Tcl_Obj-based 2016-01-01 16:50:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e9795fb407 first shot at documentation 2015-12-22 11:39:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 299924e512 Remove TIP #414 fragment, not strictly needed for the zipfs TIP.
Add more zipfs test-cases
2015-12-22 09:11:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a03e74efc1 USE_TCL_STUBS is not defined anyway 2015-12-21 21:25:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3c03a492f9 Start with a few simple basic test-cases 2015-12-21 15:21:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 56c5833c4a Eliminate all use of ZIPFS_IN_TCL 2015-12-21 14:01:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 63b07461da Fix android compilation (zipfsFilesystem.loadFileProc is a constant, so it cannot be written) 2015-12-21 12:43:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1c3288f038 Finally, make it compile warning-free using Visual Studio, if ZIPFS_IN_TCL is defined 2015-12-21 11:59:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8ecd6aeb5b Make it compile warning-free with MSVC compiler (VS2013, at least). Other tweaks. 2015-12-21 11:29:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4d00715902 CONST -> const 2015-12-21 10:49:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 95aeb2a3d6 Merge trunk.
Remove utf-32 encoding, will not be part of the "zipfs" TIP.
2015-12-21 10:38:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b0a98f480d Undo more Android-specific changes, which don't form part of Zipfs, as further preparation for Zipfs TIP.
Rename zipfs.h to tclZipfs.h, so it can be installed together with tcl.h
2015-12-21 10:03:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cb73551e8d Start of "zipfs" branch, meant for keeping track of the proposed changes for a new TIP. Remove some android-specific build/configure files. 2015-12-21 09:31:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4d946107e7 Put back the stub entries for TclpGetDate/TclpLocaltime/TclpGmtime. Although those functions are dead (they will be removed in Tcl 9, already done in the "novem" branch), removing those functions is a good idea, this cannot be done in any 8.x release. It hinders the acceptance of a "zipfs" TIP, therefore this change should not be part of the "androwish" change-set. 2015-12-21 09:16:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c795f44ea5 upstream androwish change 2015-12-18 12:39:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ecd9567624 Minor tweaks on ZIPFS_IN_TCL 2015-12-17 15:23:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d6fdfa4624 minor tweaks for MSVC 2015-12-17 12:04:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 58ace2b1dc remove unnecessary Tclzipfs defines in tclStubInit.c 2015-12-16 15:18:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8f6089f225 No need for more than tcl.h in zipfs.h 2015-12-16 13:37:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 19627fed47 Remove zipfs symbols from stub table. Those symbols should be exported as-is, without using the stub mechanism. 2015-12-16 13:26:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 83145e2bb1 merge trunk 2015-12-16 13:21:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 621c76324a Merge trunk. Upstream zipfs change 2015-12-15 09:31:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e961e1c08a Merge trunk. Upstream androwish changes 2015-12-11 22:56:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e740674cb8 Merge trunk. Upstream zipfs change 2015-12-09 10:20:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 23ced66a6b merge trunk 2015-11-30 07:37:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b637222a5d merge trunk 2015-11-25 21:07:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9a0f7dd2c8 merge trunk 2015-11-22 16:06:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 440e5fc7dc Merge trunk 2015-11-18 08:53:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 74ed7238b0 merge trunk 2015-11-14 21:37:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 38d734ddcf better handle out-of-memory conditions in ZIP filesystem
hard-wire initial encoding on Android to UTF-8
2015-11-03 13:13:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cbeed9da92 Merge trunk. Added comments in ZIP filesystem (no functional changes) 2015-11-01 22:04:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a369d46795 merge trunk 2015-10-28 09:04:46 +00:00
dkf 1956f4b66b merge trunk 2015-10-26 07:23:58 +00:00
hypnotoad 90b38da321 Merged with trunk, fixes to allow builds outside of the tcl/unix|win directory 2015-10-26 04:02:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4594b4f27a merge trunk 2015-10-25 22:59:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ff3f0131bd Merge trunk 2015-10-25 20:14:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5b793fef99 merge trunk 2015-10-23 08:52:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 13aa1642ac Merge trunk 2015-10-23 08:13:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d905cc4737 merge trunk 2015-10-18 10:48:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d954f3c4ee Merge trunk 2015-10-14 19:04:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c770024ce1 merge trunk 2015-10-09 19:11:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c1f95640c4 merge trunk 2015-10-07 07:23:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 48ef2b50eb merge trunk 2015-10-06 10:50:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 071aa09c6e merge trunk 2015-10-04 09:42:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 10cd3c906d merge trunk 2015-09-30 13:57:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0fca37f803 merge trunk 2015-09-29 21:20:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9dd94f7396 Don't use mutex retry mechanism on Android. (problems ???) 2015-09-28 10:58:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ce65c7b396 merge trunk 2015-09-27 12:59:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a80a084de9 merge trunk 2015-09-23 11:35:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ddc625f2fe merge trunk 2015-09-22 08:06:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 842b15b839 fixed bug in zipfs error handling (backported from androwish) 2015-09-17 11:47:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4506b4536b Merge trunk 2015-09-02 07:16:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dbe627594e Dependancies from androwish upstream 2015-08-31 17:30:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 130fe11f2b Merge trunk, but remove experimental tip-389-impl merge. 2015-08-31 10:22:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3bce1ab6f2 Merge tip-389-impl (experimental) 2015-08-24 19:39:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fe773c0a46 merge trunk 2015-08-24 19:35:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ecc90e3787 one more.... 2015-08-24 08:01:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6e0d4b6761 Remove unused internal stub entries as well. 2015-08-24 07:58:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 53ad2ab17d Merge trunk.
Throw away TclpGetDate, TclpLocaltime and TclpGmtime and all related dead code. It makes the androwish binary (somewhat) smaller.
2015-08-21 13:29:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a2a59dfb75 merge trunk 2015-08-19 09:06:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 829af34165 merge trunk. Put back some (actually unused) Tclp*UnixTime functions. 2015-08-17 14:48:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1579eae899 merge trunk 2015-08-06 04:33:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6fcdce9c74 merge trunk 2015-07-16 05:31:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ac785323be merge trunk. Undo unnecessary changes in tclEncoding.c, making it equal to trunk again (thanks to Christian Werner for testing this on androidwish). 2015-07-15 14:52:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d68207f7ca Remove unused local variables. Now unix/tclUnixTime.c is idential in "androwish" compared to "novem". (Yes, those functions are planned to be removed in Tcl 9.0!) 2015-07-15 09:31:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ddc615491d Merge trunk.
Remove TclpLocaltime, TclpGmtime and TclpGetDate completely, in order to prove that those functions are not used anywhere within Tcl any more. They are only retained for the internal stub entries, which might be used by extensions, but androwish doesn't use that.
2015-07-15 09:22:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b1031c0d07 merge trunk 2015-07-15 07:52:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cdba31b9d5 merge trunk 2015-07-13 09:41:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 83da0d6374 merge trunk 2015-07-02 13:18:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bb504b06b4 merge trunk 2015-07-02 12:19:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 55717aeaea merge trunk 2015-07-02 12:10:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e886aae69e merge trunk 2015-07-02 09:18:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans adceea62b6 Branch for androwish, as help to keep track on which android-specific changes could be included into the core without harm. 2015-06-21 22:29:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 348f13ad57 Merge trunk. Upgrade to Unicode 8.0 2015-06-18 13:09:52 +00:00
hypnotoad e448db56ee Checkpointing the core_zip_vfs branch against the lastest release 2015-03-17 01:07:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dd60d52814 apply contributed patch which fixes a segfault 2015-01-17 18:40:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 428c3163c5 merge trunk 2015-01-17 17:42:53 +00:00
hypnotoad 339d4879a0 Bringing core_zip_vfs up to date with trunk 2014-12-05 15:05:08 +00:00
hypnotoad ded95f89d3 Added the zvfstools file to the installer 2014-11-17 15:04:05 +00:00
hypnotoad 5949095693 For the feature branch we now enable Zip file functions for all shells in Unix, and
explicitly name a new executable "basekit", which is a statically linked tclsh
with an attached library VFS
2014-11-15 00:12:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 410178bb88 Merge trunk.
Update to Unicode 8 beta
2014-11-14 12:29:54 +00:00
hypnotoad 9cbfbd034e Add a mode for injecting the TkDll into the VFS 2014-11-13 15:50:08 +00:00
hypnotoad 3b50f8bcd6 Removed _ANSI_ARGS_ macros. They were not compiling in Tk for some reason today... 2014-11-13 14:58:01 +00:00
hypnotoad 85442c797c Tweak to delete the tclzsh.vfs directory before the rm -rf tclvfs* statement
in "make clean"
2014-11-13 14:30:26 +00:00
hypnotoad 3e723b7f5e Merging in changes from trunk 2014-11-13 14:13:08 +00:00
hypnotoad 6b423f0d9e Fixes to allow a standard tclsh build to do the zip file encoding, instead of
having to do it all through the zip enabled shell.
2014-10-21 01:20:10 +00:00
hypnotoad bdc43f8241 Tweaked zvfstools to always allows the zvfs::mkzip command,
and defer the check for the rest of the zvfs tools until 
the first call to zvfs::unzip
2014-10-21 01:11:22 +00:00
hypnotoad 9171dde346 Replaced calls to zip with calls to the new pure-tcl zipfile encoder embedded
in zvfstools.

Fixed a bug in the encoder for zvfstools. It was exporting files, but not directories.
This lack of directories was causing the bootloader to miss that /zvfs/boot/tcl/init.tcl
existed, because it was checking for the existance of /zvfs/boot/tcl. I compared the 
archives created by zvfstools::mkzip to the archives created by zip, and the 
difference came down to the fact that zip did create TOC entries for directories
and zvfstools::mkzip was failing to do so. (So I'm pretty sure the new behavior 
is "standard.")
2014-10-21 01:04:07 +00:00
hypnotoad 6826dbab46 Added the zipfile::encode routine from Tcllib, and a rudimentary zipfile decode as a package "zvfstools" 2014-10-20 20:54:05 +00:00
hypnotoad b2164040ac Renamed "tclkit" to "tclzsh"
Removed tclzsh from "make binaries". (It the user wants it, they have to ask for it. It requires a working Tclsh and an exernal Zip)
2014-10-20 19:59:19 +00:00
hypnotoad 307bb5f72d Removed the dual ported canonical path mapping scheme to allow Odie and FreeWrap to coexist. The results of both functions were functionally identical. 2014-10-20 01:23:11 +00:00
hypnotoad 963de5ae2a Added thread mutex/release calls around the potentially contested regions of the code:
Mounting a file system
Unmounting a file system
Reading data from an archive file

The mutexes, as implemented, allow only one thread at a time access to the innards of ZipVfs. It does not try to handle the cases where two archives may be open by two different threads. (One will still have to wait until the other has finished.)

Removed all of the compiler warnings under Unix

(Still have to test the code under Windows.)
2014-10-20 01:20:54 +00:00
hypnotoad 2b022e6979 Added a "_bare" stage to capture the kit executable before the VFS is wrapped to it. 2014-10-19 20:20:09 +00:00
hypnotoad cfd9edb0fe Update the zipvfs implementation with additional code from both Odie and
Dennis LaBelle's FreeWrap.

Split the boot loader code out of tclZipVfs.c and into its own File.

Altered the structure of tclZipVfs.c to better mirror that which is distributed
in Odie and FreeWrap to make popping and swapping improvements easier.
2014-10-19 20:03:00 +00:00
seandeelywoods 74b45809d1 Bringing in the latest fixes from trunk 2014-10-19 11:06:00 +00:00
hypnotoad 507bab4b21 Merge with trunk 2014-09-22 18:27:45 +00:00
hypnotoad f45b6c1066 Merge from trunk 2014-09-19 06:36:34 +00:00
tne ebebb29be9 Walked back modifications to tclConfig.sh.in
(Builds don't require them anymore)
2014-09-17 08:33:16 +00:00
tne 2e0b2484a9 Removed non-working tclkit-direct makefile technique 2014-09-17 08:31:21 +00:00
hypnotoad ff7a13136d Added a "make tclkit" to makefile
Removed debugging fprintf
2014-09-16 23:07:44 +00:00
hypnotoad 4b8398a6ed Removed non-working code from the end of the mkVfs.tcl script 2014-09-15 14:59:20 +00:00
hypnotoad a684c1a281 Modified the makefile to produce a distinct name for a kit depending on whether
it was compiled statically or dynamically.

This allows builders to run and install successive builds of Tcl both
statically and dynamically.
2014-09-15 10:04:50 +00:00
hypnotoad b25f4f5272 The unix build has been pared down to the minimum hooks required to build a
VFS enabled Tclsh with a simple compile flag. Modified the BC and Visual Studio
makefiles for Windows, but these are untested.

The default for Tcl is now to build a static or dynamic shell in the same
way it would build a static or dynamic shell for Tclsh. Controlled by the
--enable-shared flag. Note however that ZLib is compiled in to every
VFS enabled shell. (Rather than rely on a dylib.)

The "direct" build is maintained in the Makefile, mostly as a h(istor|yster)ical
reference. The technique is not portable to Windows, and may not work outside of
OSX.
2014-09-15 09:44:39 +00:00
hypnotoad c003b95ed4 Backing out code that inserted a debug statement into the http package 2014-09-12 16:13:00 +00:00
hypnotoad 0cbfed0c55 Merging in changes from trunk 2014-09-12 16:06:13 +00:00
hypnotoad ee30b1c0ab Developed an improved bootloader built around TclSetPreInitScript. The new bootloader
now mounts the VFS before the interpreter is initialized, and gives it enough
hints to point to the VFS for init.tcl and main.tcl (If present)

Also, Tcl_ZVfs_Boot now takes and additional argument: the name of the file to mount.

As the difference between a normal shell and a zvfs enabled shell is one again, several
lines of code, the example shells is folded back into tclAppInit.c and controlled with
macros.

The ZVFS commands are now loaded in as a static package.

Removed the Stubs entry for Tcl_Boot_ZVFS, it's now intended that shells build
their own copy of tclZipVfs.o
2014-09-12 16:03:20 +00:00
hypnotoad b3362b7dfd Folding the core_zip_vfs_static work back into main branch. The pure-dynamic line
of research was not panning out
2014-09-09 15:23:16 +00:00
hypnotoad 99d72ae892 Added the "run tcl dll from vfs" magic to windows 2014-09-09 15:09:23 +00:00
hypnotoad 39145d45d1 Add tclkit to "make all" and install 2014-09-09 15:02:11 +00:00
hypnotoad 627a5bfa73 Instead of statically link the tclkit executable, pack the tcl dll in
the VFS
2014-09-09 14:47:12 +00:00
hypnotoad ab35383fda Add Static library link instructions to tclConfig.sh 2014-09-09 13:59:09 +00:00
hypnotoad 9f12483ed2 Instead of statically compiling the Tclkit executable straight from
.o files, generate a static library (libtclkit.a), and compile against
that.
2014-09-09 07:55:45 +00:00
hypnotoad 4e331e27f8 Added the tclkit binaries to install 2014-09-09 06:54:36 +00:00
hypnotoad 71e02d5298 Created a designated bootloader for Tclkits under windows
On windows, tclkits build a private VFS instead of relying on make install

Added a tool to build the tcl kit's VFS, as well as index the bundled packages
2014-09-06 11:41:26 +00:00
hypnotoad 0008ed9ea4 Preliminary checkin for Windows tclkit builds 2014-09-06 01:21:54 +00:00
hypnotoad 3bd1370dbc New build process for Tcl kits in Unix (Windows port to follow...)
Rather than force a "make install" to build the vfs, the tclkit now
performs it's own "install" to a subdirectory (using destdir) to collect
the files it needs for its vfs.

tclkits no longer link to the tcl library. Instead, all of the obj files that
are used to assemble the lib are instead packed into the executable. Thus,
"make tclkit" produces the tclkit. That's it. No dlls. No tclsh. Makes no
other mark on the file system save the bare essentials it needs. It uses the
same variables in the makefile as the tcl libraries, so as they are updated
so too is tclkit.

Zlib files are *always* build for tclkits. Tclkits can never rely on the
presence of zlib on the systems in which they will be installed.
2014-09-06 00:58:23 +00:00
hypnotoad a426ba29d5 Updating to the latest trunk 2014-09-05 20:34:55 +00:00
hypnotoad a813938bef Removed a typo 2014-09-04 01:27:55 +00:00
hypnotoad 295272b73c Removed some debugging code of mine... 2014-09-04 01:23:45 +00:00
hypnotoad 703177e26a Adapted the Unix startup process to ifdef out the KIT specific behaviors.
tclkit is now build as a standalone exectuble.
2014-09-04 01:22:20 +00:00
hypnotoad b992e62207 Re-engineered the windows kitbuilding process to produce a standalone
executable (in a similar process as tcltest is made).

The kit specific functions of tclAppInit have been wrapped around define 
macros, and are only active if TCL_KIT is defined. (Which is only done
when building the tclkit executable)
2014-09-04 00:30:04 +00:00
tne 4691bea988 Typo Fix 2014-09-03 22:03:08 +00:00
hypnotoad fce753c3d5 Merging changes from trunk 2014-09-03 21:24:17 +00:00
tne 670a31f84f Closing the hypnotoad branch 2014-09-03 21:11:30 +00:00
tne 25358e0ba4 Updating hypnotoad branch 2014-09-03 21:10:46 +00:00
hypnotoad b6f9bc7ca8 More tweaks to makefiles 2014-09-03 20:41:12 +00:00
hypnotoad 79ccab2fd2 Merging in changes from Tcl
Reduced the code necessary to bootstrap a shell to a single C call.

Reduced the number of new stub entries to 1

Fixed a Makefile goof that was preventing kits from running properly.
2014-09-03 20:32:08 +00:00
hypnotoad 8d1d673760 Backported dkf's documentation effort to the main core_zip_vfs branch 2014-09-03 10:50:06 +00:00
dkf 6c2512bc35 Clean up of docs, import basic text from comments in code, format. 2014-09-03 10:24:53 +00:00
hypnotoad 2c1a55d314 Merging in the "official" windows hang patch 2014-09-02 22:06:21 +00:00
hypnotoad e88bbb7296 Merging with fix_windows_zip 2014-09-02 21:19:56 +00:00
hypnotoad 06547a29be Fix for the cases where a dynamic build is used 2014-09-02 21:16:20 +00:00
hypnotoad 8ca1a78b1a Revised patch (per ferrieux) 2014-09-02 20:26:50 +00:00
hypnotoad 6c59decfba Merging in changes from core_zip_vfs 2014-09-02 20:17:57 +00:00
hypnotoad 732a963e04 Added a hac^H^H^Hpatch from ferrieux to mask around the exit hang on windows until
the issues are fixed at the core level.
2014-09-02 20:16:54 +00:00
hypnotoad cd9922f497 Pared down tclZipVfs to eliminate #ifdef branches that we don't have to worry
about with a modern Tcl.

Replaced dummy calls to VFS with NULL 

Where practical, replaced string-based Tcl IO calls with their new obj-based
successors. (Tcl_FSOpenChannel, Tcl_FSStat, etc)

Eliminated compiler warnings under Windows
2014-09-02 18:30:23 +00:00
hypnotoad 9554b52dba Start of the "hypnotoad" branch, combining the various patches I'm testing
against.
2014-09-02 15:23:56 +00:00
hypnotoad 8c90b3ae99 Patch to make the default behavior for Tcl under Windows to embed the Zlib
sources rather than add a dependency to a dynamic zlib.dll
2014-09-02 15:21:23 +00:00
hypnotoad 811d367c49 Rather than make a special executable, tclkits are now a copy of tclsh with an attached zip file 2014-09-02 11:04:53 +00:00
hypnotoad 1d9824ec60 Tweaking the Makefile instructions for Tclkits under unix 2014-09-01 23:23:37 +00:00
dkf 5c6730bd0f Squelch most warnings. 2014-09-01 13:51:59 +00:00
dkf 78b3c04320 Bring the source more into line with Tcl style. 2014-09-01 10:45:41 +00:00
hypnotoad 0ce217e309 Merging in changes from core. 2014-09-01 10:03:54 +00:00
hypnotoad d1536b7378 Tweaks to the Windows makefile. 2014-09-01 09:41:09 +00:00
hypnotoad eb664a3d72 Tweak the Windows implementation of Tcl_AppInit() to match Unix 2014-09-01 09:36:58 +00:00
hypnotoad 96dd5baf98 Adding the ability for the Tcl core to build self-contained Zip-based executables
* Integrated a pure-C implementation of ZipVfs
* Modified Tcl_AppInit() to look for a zipvfs mounted on the executable
2014-09-01 07:15:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 18eed1d727 merge trunk 2014-07-10 14:23:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ce72e40607 Merge trunk.
Update Unicode tables to Unicode 7.0 beta.
2014-05-01 09:40:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8615597984 rebase TIP [http://tip.tcl.tk/425|425] implementation 2013-11-08 14:57:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a333bbaa12 rebase TIP [http://tip.tcl.tk/425|425] implementation 2013-08-19 09:10:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2bc847ac57 rebase 2013-08-11 15:19:42 +00:00
dkf 24197ad684 merge trunk 2013-08-08 20:19:42 +00:00
dgp 92323ee89f merge trunk 2013-08-05 14:47:27 +00:00
dkf 0f2d93b3a6 merge trunk 2013-08-01 13:40:45 +00:00
dkf f96b9f2783 And documentation 2013-08-01 13:27:37 +00:00
dkf f370c68d92 Support type discovery in coroutines. 2013-08-01 13:21:04 +00:00
dkf f8e147cb73 Improving the test suite for [info cmdtype]. 2013-08-01 06:44:24 +00:00
dkf ceb88b82f1 merge trunk 2013-07-31 20:05:00 +00:00
dkf a6c0992f47 Added tests 2013-07-31 20:03:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9283692888 rebase 2013-07-29 10:51:05 +00:00
dkf 9acc153698 merge trunk 2013-07-26 13:30:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 017b8b10b6 Fix Cygwin build: put Tcl_ConsolePanic in the stub library, not the dll. 2013-07-24 14:14:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4ddfe70ae2 implement for Cygwin as well 2013-07-23 12:42:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 53dc25e532 Add documentation 2013-07-23 11:54:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 542b57cf21 rebase 2013-07-23 10:57:22 +00:00
dkf afd4d17b3c Changed subcommand name following community feedback. 2013-07-16 14:12:40 +00:00
dkf 82132b6c4c Some documentation. 2013-07-10 13:45:52 +00:00
dkf 21d8621d11 Added a mechanism for discovering the "type" of a command. 2013-07-07 11:15:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e36fd891e4 rebase 2013-06-27 09:07:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 954b241f34 rebase 2013-06-26 08:23:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f038b7fc3d merge trunk 2013-06-18 13:46:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3f56494834 rebase 2013-06-18 09:52:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6a811b97b9 rebase 2013-06-14 11:21:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 30dbc0a75b Update Unicode tables to Unicode 6.3 beta.
Merge trunk
2013-06-10 07:36:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1900da6d24 rebase 2013-06-07 13:22:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8f38d12eee TIP #414 implementation 2013-06-04 08:34:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3f5f45f002 fix directory where tclWinPanic.c resides 2013-05-17 14:09:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e6528cb48d rebase 2013-05-17 07:36:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 041184928d rebase 2013-04-11 15:10:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b108063f75 rebase 2013-04-11 10:18:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9ce336b3d1 rebase 2013-04-03 21:24:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b5da760544 rebase 2013-04-03 21:07:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7e520e2089 rebase
increase limit to 26000 characters
2013-04-03 13:12:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 07af7d5337 better comments 2013-04-03 12:38:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 696a9ba3f9 Use Tcl_InitSubsystems in Tcl_Main macro 2013-04-01 21:48:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9db6776dbe initsubsystems 2013-04-01 16:45:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1c6a242b2e 2 lines not used any more 2013-03-31 22:09:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a58db736cf Fix Tcl_Main macro 2013-03-31 20:27:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 449ea43718 Going forward trying to define a better Tcl_InitStubsystems() 2013-03-31 20:17:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 260c2634b9 better leave tclPanic.c as it was 2013-03-31 19:32:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6d0db57c02 Better Windows console panic proc, still to be TIPped. 2013-03-30 21:44:39 +00:00
dgp 11593d64b8 merge trunk so review patch/diff is smaller 2013-03-26 18:00:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e4a0b9dbfd Looks like TCL_INIT_CUSTOM (previously known as TCL_INIT_STUFF) is not a bad idea at all,
provided it has a Tcl_Interp* argument as well, so it can initialize the stub table.
A typedef for the function is not necessary, as a variable-argument function doesn't do any type checking. It's for the experienced developer anyway.
2013-03-26 15:57:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bb770e33f8 Add TCL_INIT_STUFF 2013-03-26 13:58:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d048128004 Version having TCL_INIT_PANIC as only Tcl_InitSubsystems() flag 2013-03-26 10:20:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans eecece2afe TCL_INIT_ENCODINGPATH 2013-03-25 15:00:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 74c7068a25 merge trunk 2013-03-22 11:35:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 59360240b3 merge trunk 2013-03-06 13:38:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 57d33c5027 merge trunk 2013-03-06 13:37:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e1c5526cb2 Merge trunk.
Unicode 6.3 does not have that many spaces.....
2013-02-25 16:03:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 290c2ef84f Merge trunk.
Upgrade all tables to Unicode 6.3 (not released yet)
2013-02-25 13:38:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 91ba235b3c merge trunk.
Comment improvements, styling.
2013-02-23 20:16:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d13fe1e431 merge trunk.
Simplify dummy "interp" struct.
2013-02-23 11:19:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f361c1805c merge trunk.
doc improvements
2013-02-20 12:47:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 52b8ad45d1 Doc improvements.
Use freeProc field of pseudo interpreter to store the magic value.
2013-02-17 13:02:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9b6c85d82e Merge trunk.
Move Tcl_InitSubsystems documentation to its own manpage
2013-02-15 10:29:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 88b8fc30a2 merge trunk 2013-02-14 10:11:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1a0463ea04 merge trunk 2013-02-05 13:55:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cab91124b4 merge trunk 2013-02-04 22:58:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8d9ea7c132 merge trunk 2013-02-03 16:07:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c5558280d7 merge trunk 2013-02-01 09:11:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3913f5f7ae merge trunk 2013-01-26 17:04:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e8c69aa654 merge trunk
doc improvements
2013-01-26 00:45:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b2b37d97cf merge trunk 2013-01-25 13:12:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4796adf5cb Another memory leak, and one Tcl_Free -> ckfree 2013-01-25 13:07:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2c02c2ae5d Eliminate some unneeded usages of Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo
Fix "make test-packages" on cygwin
2013-01-25 11:45:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ef824b7395 merge trunk 2013-01-21 13:56:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2930daf68c Implement TCL_INIT_CREATE_UTF8/TCL_INIT_CREATE_UNICODE 2013-01-10 09:23:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0481e3ca74 New function Tcl_InitSubsystems, still to be TIP'ed 2013-01-09 10:30:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 073618d375 Merge trunk 2012-09-26 12:00:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5ddf03d324 merge trunk 2012-04-22 20:51:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ac98be85ce merge trunk 2012-02-03 21:25:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 048fae9de6 merge trunk 2012-01-26 21:58:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 81735df1fa merge trunk 2012-01-23 22:19:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c32ab0d8b Merge to feature branch 2011-10-05 14:23:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 861e75f503 Merge to feature branch 2011-09-21 09:03:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e891120584 merge to feature branch 2011-09-17 07:19:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2045bb3c21 merge to feature branch 2011-09-16 08:14:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a498488c59 Merge to feature branch 2011-08-29 07:44:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dd43ee3dbf Merge to feature branch 2011-08-25 12:11:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 39ad9eb8f3 fix tests utf-2.8 and utf-2.9 2011-08-24 08:32:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b30ba5a92b Upcoming TIP implementation: Full support for Unicode 6.0 2011-08-24 07:50:13 +00:00
514 changed files with 36099 additions and 10915 deletions
-19
View File
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
compat/zlib/contrib/dotzlib/DotZLib/UnitTests.cs
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in
+3
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
Important Note
==========
Please do not file issues with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.
+3
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
Important Note
==========
Please do not file pull requests with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
<name>tcl9</name>
<name>tcl8</name>
<comment></comment>
<projects>
</projects>
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@
initialization assumptions of the TIP 280 code in CompileWord().
* generic/tclCompExpr.c: Suppress the attempt to convert to
numeric when pre-compiling a constant expresion indicates an error.
numeric when pre-compiling a constant expression indicates an error.
2007-08-22 Miguel Sofer <msofer@users.sf.net>
+4 -4
View File
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
README: Tcl
This is the Tcl 9.0a0 source distribution.
This is the Tcl 8.7a2 source distribution.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
The home page for this release, including new features, is
http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html
http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html
Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
by clicking on the relevant version.
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ Information about Tcl itself can be found at
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206
To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 online,
To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 online,
visit the URL:
http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl9.0/
http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.7/
2a. Unix Documentation
----------------------
-36
View File
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* fixstrtod.c --
*
* Source code for the "fixstrtod" procedure. This procedure is
* used in place of strtod under Solaris 2.4, in order to fix
* a bug where the "end" pointer gets set incorrectly.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#undef strtod
/*
* Declare strtod explicitly rather than including stdlib.h, since in
* somes systems (e.g. SunOS 4.1.4) stdlib.h doesn't declare strtod.
*/
extern double strtod(char *, char **);
double
fixstrtod(
char *string,
char **endPtr)
{
double d;
d = strtod(string, endPtr);
if ((endPtr != NULL) && (*endPtr != string) && ((*endPtr)[-1] == 0)) {
*endPtr -= 1;
}
return d;
}
-1
View File
@@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ extern char * malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
extern void qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
const void *element1, const void *element2));
extern char * realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
extern double strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
extern long strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
extern unsigned long strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
-252
View File
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
/*
* strtod.c --
*
* Source code for the "strtod" library procedure.
*
* Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tclInt.h"
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#define FALSE 0
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
static const int maxExponent = 511; /* Largest possible base 10 exponent. Any
* exponent larger than this will already
* produce underflow or overflow, so there's
* no need to worry about additional digits.
*/
static const double powersOf10[] = { /* Table giving binary powers of 10. Entry */
10., /* is 10^2^i. Used to convert decimal */
100., /* exponents into floating-point numbers. */
1.0e4,
1.0e8,
1.0e16,
1.0e32,
1.0e64,
1.0e128,
1.0e256
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* strtod --
*
* This procedure converts a floating-point number from an ASCII
* decimal representation to internal double-precision format.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the double-precision floating-point
* representation of the characters in string. If endPtr isn't
* NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the address of the
* next character after the last one that was part of the
* floating-point number.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
strtod(
const char *string, /* A decimal ASCII floating-point number,
* optionally preceded by white space. Must
* have form "-I.FE-X", where I is the integer
* part of the mantissa, F is the fractional
* part of the mantissa, and X is the
* exponent. Either of the signs may be "+",
* "-", or omitted. Either I or F may be
* omitted, or both. The decimal point isn't
* necessary unless F is present. The "E" may
* actually be an "e". E and X may both be
* omitted (but not just one). */
char **endPtr) /* If non-NULL, store terminating character's
* address here. */
{
int sign, expSign = FALSE;
double fraction, dblExp;
const double *d;
register const char *p;
register int c;
int exp = 0; /* Exponent read from "EX" field. */
int fracExp = 0; /* Exponent that derives from the fractional
* part. Under normal circumstatnces, it is
* the negative of the number of digits in F.
* However, if I is very long, the last digits
* of I get dropped (otherwise a long I with a
* large negative exponent could cause an
* unnecessary overflow on I alone). In this
* case, fracExp is incremented one for each
* dropped digit. */
int mantSize; /* Number of digits in mantissa. */
int decPt; /* Number of mantissa digits BEFORE decimal
* point. */
const char *pExp; /* Temporarily holds location of exponent in
* string. */
/*
* Strip off leading blanks and check for a sign.
*/
p = string;
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p += 1;
}
if (*p == '-') {
sign = TRUE;
p += 1;
} else {
if (*p == '+') {
p += 1;
}
sign = FALSE;
}
/*
* Count the number of digits in the mantissa (including the decimal
* point), and also locate the decimal point.
*/
decPt = -1;
for (mantSize = 0; ; mantSize += 1)
{
c = *p;
if (!isdigit(c)) {
if ((c != '.') || (decPt >= 0)) {
break;
}
decPt = mantSize;
}
p += 1;
}
/*
* Now suck up the digits in the mantissa. Use two integers to collect 9
* digits each (this is faster than using floating-point). If the mantissa
* has more than 18 digits, ignore the extras, since they can't affect the
* value anyway.
*/
pExp = p;
p -= mantSize;
if (decPt < 0) {
decPt = mantSize;
} else {
mantSize -= 1; /* One of the digits was the point. */
}
if (mantSize > 18) {
fracExp = decPt - 18;
mantSize = 18;
} else {
fracExp = decPt - mantSize;
}
if (mantSize == 0) {
fraction = 0.0;
p = string;
goto done;
} else {
int frac1, frac2;
frac1 = 0;
for ( ; mantSize > 9; mantSize -= 1) {
c = *p;
p += 1;
if (c == '.') {
c = *p;
p += 1;
}
frac1 = 10*frac1 + (c - '0');
}
frac2 = 0;
for (; mantSize > 0; mantSize -= 1) {
c = *p;
p += 1;
if (c == '.') {
c = *p;
p += 1;
}
frac2 = 10*frac2 + (c - '0');
}
fraction = (1.0e9 * frac1) + frac2;
}
/*
* Skim off the exponent.
*/
p = pExp;
if ((*p == 'E') || (*p == 'e')) {
p += 1;
if (*p == '-') {
expSign = TRUE;
p += 1;
} else {
if (*p == '+') {
p += 1;
}
expSign = FALSE;
}
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
p = pExp;
goto done;
}
while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
exp = exp * 10 + (*p - '0');
p += 1;
}
}
if (expSign) {
exp = fracExp - exp;
} else {
exp = fracExp + exp;
}
/*
* Generate a floating-point number that represents the exponent. Do this
* by processing the exponent one bit at a time to combine many powers of
* 2 of 10. Then combine the exponent with the fraction.
*/
if (exp < 0) {
expSign = TRUE;
exp = -exp;
} else {
expSign = FALSE;
}
if (exp > maxExponent) {
exp = maxExponent;
errno = ERANGE;
}
dblExp = 1.0;
for (d = powersOf10; exp != 0; exp >>= 1, ++d) {
if (exp & 01) {
dblExp *= *d;
}
}
if (expSign) {
fraction /= dblExp;
} else {
fraction *= dblExp;
}
done:
if (endPtr != NULL) {
*endPtr = (char *) p;
}
if (sign) {
return -fraction;
}
return fraction;
}
+152 -114
View File
@@ -12,7 +12,6 @@
Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
*/
#if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
#define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
@@ -28,7 +27,7 @@
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __APPLE__
#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
// In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -39,8 +38,7 @@
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
#endif
#include "tinydir.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -172,6 +170,7 @@ void do_banner()
void do_help()
{
printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \
" -r Scan directories recursively\n" \
" -o Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
" -a Append to existing file.zip\n" \
" -0 Store only\n" \
@@ -243,12 +242,153 @@ int isLargeFile(const char* filename)
return largeFile;
}
void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
FILE * fin;
int size_read;
const char *savefilenameinzip;
zip_fileinfo zi;
unsigned long crcFile=0;
int zip64 = 0;
int err=0;
int size_buf=WRITEBUFFERSIZE;
unsigned char buf[WRITEBUFFERSIZE];
zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
zi.dosDate = 0;
zi.internal_fa = 0;
zi.external_fa = 0;
filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
/*
err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
(opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
opt_compress_level);
*/
if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
/* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
/*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
{
savefilenameinzip++;
}
/*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
if( opt_exclude_path )
{
const char *tmpptr;
const char *lastslash = 0;
for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
{
if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
{
lastslash = tmpptr;
}
}
if( lastslash != NULL )
{
savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
}
}
/**/
err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
(opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
opt_compress_level,0,
/* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
-MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
password,crcFile, zip64);
if (err != ZIP_OK)
printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
else
{
fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
if (fin==NULL)
{
err=ZIP_ERRNO;
printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
}
}
if (err == ZIP_OK)
do
{
err = ZIP_OK;
size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
if (size_read < size_buf)
if (feof(fin)==0)
{
printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
err = ZIP_ERRNO;
}
if (size_read>0)
{
err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
if (err<0)
{
printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
filenameinzip);
}
}
} while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
if (fin)
fclose(fin);
if (err<0)
err=ZIP_ERRNO;
else
{
err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
if (err!=ZIP_OK)
printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
filenameinzip);
}
}
void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
tinydir_dir dir;
int i;
char newname[512];
tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);
for (i = 0; i < dir.n_files; i++)
{
tinydir_file file;
tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
if (file.is_dir)
{
addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
} else {
addFileToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
}
}
tinydir_close(&dir);
}
int main(argc,argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
int i;
int opt_overwrite=0;
int opt_recursive=0;
int opt_overwrite=1;
int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
int opt_exclude_path=0;
int zipfilenamearg = 0;
@@ -285,7 +425,8 @@ int main(argc,argv)
opt_compress_level = c-'0';
if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
opt_exclude_path = 1;
if ((c=='r') || (c=='R'))
opt_recursive = 1;
if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
{
password=argv[i+1];
@@ -392,117 +533,14 @@ int main(argc,argv)
((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
(argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
(argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||
(argv[i][1]=='r') || (argv[i][1]=='R') ||
((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
(strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
{
FILE * fin;
int size_read;
const char* filenameinzip = argv[i];
const char *savefilenameinzip;
zip_fileinfo zi;
unsigned long crcFile=0;
int zip64 = 0;
zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
zi.dosDate = 0;
zi.internal_fa = 0;
zi.external_fa = 0;
filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
/*
err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
(opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
opt_compress_level);
*/
if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
/* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
/*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
{
savefilenameinzip++;
}
/*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
if( opt_exclude_path )
{
const char *tmpptr;
const char *lastslash = 0;
for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
{
if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
{
lastslash = tmpptr;
}
}
if( lastslash != NULL )
{
savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
}
}
/**/
err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
(opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
opt_compress_level,0,
/* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
-MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
password,crcFile, zip64);
if (err != ZIP_OK)
printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
else
{
fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
if (fin==NULL)
{
err=ZIP_ERRNO;
printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
}
}
if (err == ZIP_OK)
do
{
err = ZIP_OK;
size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
if (size_read < size_buf)
if (feof(fin)==0)
{
printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
err = ZIP_ERRNO;
}
if (size_read>0)
{
err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
if (err<0)
{
printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
filenameinzip);
}
}
} while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
if (fin)
fclose(fin);
if (err<0)
err=ZIP_ERRNO;
else
{
err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
if (err!=ZIP_OK)
printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
filenameinzip);
if(opt_recursive) {
addPathToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
} else {
addFileToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
}
}
}
+816
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,816 @@
/*
Copyright (c) 2013-2017, tinydir authors:
- Cong Xu
- Lautis Sun
- Baudouin Feildel
- Andargor <andargor@yahoo.com>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef TINYDIR_H
#define TINYDIR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if ((defined _UNICODE) && !(defined UNICODE))
#define UNICODE
#endif
#if ((defined UNICODE) && !(defined _UNICODE))
#define _UNICODE
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# include <tchar.h>
# pragma warning(push)
# pragma warning (disable : 4996)
#else
# include <dirent.h>
# include <libgen.h>
# include <sys/stat.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef __MINGW32__
# include <tchar.h>
#endif
/* types */
/* Windows UNICODE wide character support */
#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
# define _tinydir_char_t TCHAR
# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) _TEXT(s)
# define _tinydir_strlen _tcslen
# define _tinydir_strcpy _tcscpy
# define _tinydir_strcat _tcscat
# define _tinydir_strcmp _tcscmp
# define _tinydir_strrchr _tcsrchr
# define _tinydir_strncmp _tcsncmp
#else
# define _tinydir_char_t char
# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) s
# define _tinydir_strlen strlen
# define _tinydir_strcpy strcpy
# define _tinydir_strcat strcat
# define _tinydir_strcmp strcmp
# define _tinydir_strrchr strrchr
# define _tinydir_strncmp strncmp
#endif
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
# include <windows.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
#elif defined __linux__
# include <limits.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
#elif defined(__unix__) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
# include <sys/param.h>
# if defined(BSD)
# include <limits.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
# endif
#endif
#ifndef _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX
#define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX 4096
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
/* extra chars for the "\\*" mask */
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 2
#else
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 0
#endif
#define _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX 256
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
#define _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX 3
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline
#elif !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline__
#else
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static inline
#endif
/* readdir_r usage; define TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R to use it (if supported) */
#ifdef TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R
/* readdir_r is a POSIX-only function, and may not be available under various
* environments/settings, e.g. MinGW. Use readdir fallback */
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 1 || _XOPEN_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE ||\
_POSIX_SOURCE
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R
#endif
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || \
(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700)
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if defined _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF && defined _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD &&\
defined _PC_NAME_MAX
# define _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
#endif
#if defined __MINGW32__ || !defined _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R ||\
!(defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF || defined NAME_MAX)
# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
#endif
/* Use readdir by default */
#else
# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
#endif
/* MINGW32 has two versions of dirent, ASCII and UNICODE*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#if (defined __MINGW32__) && (defined _UNICODE)
#define _TINYDIR_DIR _WDIR
#define _tinydir_dirent _wdirent
#define _tinydir_opendir _wopendir
#define _tinydir_readdir _wreaddir
#define _tinydir_closedir _wclosedir
#else
#define _TINYDIR_DIR DIR
#define _tinydir_dirent dirent
#define _tinydir_opendir opendir
#define _tinydir_readdir readdir
#define _tinydir_closedir closedir
#endif
#endif
/* Allow user to use a custom allocator by defining _TINYDIR_MALLOC and _TINYDIR_FREE. */
#if defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
#elif !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && !defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
#else
#error "Either define both alloc and free or none of them!"
#endif
#if !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC)
#define _TINYDIR_MALLOC(_size) malloc(_size)
#define _TINYDIR_FREE(_ptr) free(_ptr)
#endif /* !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) */
typedef struct tinydir_file
{
_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
_tinydir_char_t name[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
_tinydir_char_t *extension;
int is_dir;
int is_reg;
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __MINGW32__
struct _stat _s;
#else
struct stat _s;
#endif
#endif
} tinydir_file;
typedef struct tinydir_dir
{
_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
int has_next;
size_t n_files;
tinydir_file *_files;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
HANDLE _h;
WIN32_FIND_DATA _f;
#else
_TINYDIR_DIR *_d;
struct _tinydir_dirent *_e;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
struct _tinydir_dirent *_ep;
#endif
#endif
} tinydir_dir;
/* declarations */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
_TINYDIR_FUNC
size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp);
#endif
#endif
/* definitions*/
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
int error;
int size; /* using int size */
#endif
#else
_tinydir_char_t path_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
#endif
_tinydir_char_t *pathp;
if (dir == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
/* initialise dir */
dir->_files = NULL;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
#else
dir->_d = NULL;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
dir->_ep = NULL;
#endif
#endif
tinydir_close(dir);
_tinydir_strcpy(dir->path, path);
/* Remove trailing slashes */
pathp = &dir->path[_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) - 1];
while (pathp != dir->path && (*pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('\\') || *pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('/')))
{
*pathp = TINYDIR_STRING('\0');
pathp++;
}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
_tinydir_strcpy(path_buf, dir->path);
_tinydir_strcat(path_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("\\*"));
#if (defined WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_DESKTOP_APP)
dir->_h = FindFirstFileEx(path_buf, FindExInfoStandard, &dir->_f, FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0);
#else
dir->_h = FindFirstFile(path_buf, &dir->_f);
#endif
if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
errno = ENOENT;
#else
dir->_d = _tinydir_opendir(path);
if (dir->_d == NULL)
{
#endif
goto bail;
}
/* read first file */
dir->has_next = 1;
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
#else
/* allocate dirent buffer for readdir_r */
size = _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(dir->_d); /* conversion to int */
if (size == -1) return -1;
dir->_ep = (struct _tinydir_dirent*)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(size);
if (dir->_ep == NULL) return -1;
error = readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e);
if (error != 0) return -1;
#endif
if (dir->_e == NULL)
{
dir->has_next = 0;
}
#endif
return 0;
bail:
tinydir_close(dir);
return -1;
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
/* Count the number of files first, to pre-allocate the files array */
size_t n_files = 0;
if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
{
return -1;
}
while (dir->has_next)
{
n_files++;
if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
{
goto bail;
}
}
tinydir_close(dir);
if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
{
return -1;
}
dir->n_files = 0;
dir->_files = (tinydir_file *)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(sizeof *dir->_files * n_files);
if (dir->_files == NULL)
{
goto bail;
}
while (dir->has_next)
{
tinydir_file *p_file;
dir->n_files++;
p_file = &dir->_files[dir->n_files - 1];
if (tinydir_readfile(dir, p_file) == -1)
{
goto bail;
}
if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
{
goto bail;
}
/* Just in case the number of files has changed between the first and
second reads, terminate without writing into unallocated memory */
if (dir->n_files == n_files)
{
break;
}
}
qsort(dir->_files, dir->n_files, sizeof(tinydir_file), _tinydir_file_cmp);
return 0;
bail:
tinydir_close(dir);
return -1;
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir)
{
if (dir == NULL)
{
return;
}
memset(dir->path, 0, sizeof(dir->path));
dir->has_next = 0;
dir->n_files = 0;
_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_files);
dir->_files = NULL;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
if (dir->_h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
FindClose(dir->_h);
}
dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
#else
if (dir->_d)
{
_tinydir_closedir(dir->_d);
}
dir->_d = NULL;
dir->_e = NULL;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_ep);
dir->_ep = NULL;
#endif
#endif
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir)
{
if (dir == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (!dir->has_next)
{
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
if (FindNextFile(dir->_h, &dir->_f) == 0)
#else
#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
#else
if (dir->_ep == NULL)
{
return -1;
}
if (readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e) != 0)
{
return -1;
}
#endif
if (dir->_e == NULL)
#endif
{
dir->has_next = 0;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
if (GetLastError() != ERROR_SUCCESS &&
GetLastError() != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
{
tinydir_close(dir);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
#endif
}
return 0;
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file)
{
if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
#else
if (dir->_e == NULL)
#endif
{
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
if (_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) +
_tinydir_strlen(
#ifdef _MSC_VER
dir->_f.cFileName
#else
dir->_e->d_name
#endif
) + 1 + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >=
_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
{
/* the path for the file will be too long */
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
if (_tinydir_strlen(
#ifdef _MSC_VER
dir->_f.cFileName
#else
dir->_e->d_name
#endif
) >= _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
_tinydir_strcpy(file->path, dir->path);
_tinydir_strcat(file->path, TINYDIR_STRING("/"));
_tinydir_strcpy(file->name,
#ifdef _MSC_VER
dir->_f.cFileName
#else
dir->_e->d_name
#endif
);
_tinydir_strcat(file->path, file->name);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __MINGW32__
if (_tstat(
#else
if (stat(
#endif
file->path, &file->_s) == -1)
{
return -1;
}
#endif
_tinydir_get_ext(file);
file->is_dir =
#ifdef _MSC_VER
!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
#else
S_ISDIR(file->_s.st_mode);
#endif
file->is_reg =
#ifdef _MSC_VER
!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL) ||
(
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) &&
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) &&
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED) &&
#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM) &&
#endif
#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA) &&
#endif
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE) &&
!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY));
#else
S_ISREG(file->_s.st_mode);
#endif
return 0;
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i)
{
if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (i >= dir->n_files)
{
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
memcpy(file, &dir->_files[i], sizeof(tinydir_file));
_tinydir_get_ext(file);
return 0;
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i)
{
_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
if (dir == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (i >= dir->n_files || !dir->_files[i].is_dir)
{
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
_tinydir_strcpy(path, dir->_files[i].path);
tinydir_close(dir);
if (tinydir_open_sorted(dir, path) == -1)
{
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
/* Open a single file given its path */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
tinydir_dir dir;
int result = 0;
int found = 0;
_tinydir_char_t dir_name_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
_tinydir_char_t file_name_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
_tinydir_char_t *dir_name;
_tinydir_char_t *base_name;
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
_tinydir_char_t drive_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
_tinydir_char_t ext_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
#endif
if (file == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
/* Get the parent path */
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
#if ((defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
_tsplitpath_s(
path,
drive_buf, _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX,
dir_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
file_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
ext_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
#else
_tsplitpath(
path,
drive_buf,
dir_name_buf,
file_name_buf,
ext_buf);
#endif
/* _splitpath_s not work fine with only filename and widechar support */
#ifdef _UNICODE
if (drive_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
drive_buf[0] = '\0';
if (dir_name_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
dir_name_buf[0] = '\0';
#endif
if (errno)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
/* Emulate the behavior of dirname by returning "." for dir name if it's
empty */
if (drive_buf[0] == '\0' && dir_name_buf[0] == '\0')
{
_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("."));
}
/* Concatenate the drive letter and dir name to form full dir name */
_tinydir_strcat(drive_buf, dir_name_buf);
dir_name = drive_buf;
/* Concatenate the file name and extension to form base name */
_tinydir_strcat(file_name_buf, ext_buf);
base_name = file_name_buf;
#else
_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, path);
dir_name = dirname(dir_name_buf);
_tinydir_strcpy(file_name_buf, path);
base_name =basename(file_name_buf);
#endif
/* Open the parent directory */
if (tinydir_open(&dir, dir_name) == -1)
{
return -1;
}
/* Read through the parent directory and look for the file */
while (dir.has_next)
{
if (tinydir_readfile(&dir, file) == -1)
{
result = -1;
goto bail;
}
if (_tinydir_strcmp(file->name, base_name) == 0)
{
/* File found */
found = 1;
break;
}
tinydir_next(&dir);
}
if (!found)
{
result = -1;
errno = ENOENT;
}
bail:
tinydir_close(&dir);
return result;
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file)
{
_tinydir_char_t *period = _tinydir_strrchr(file->name, TINYDIR_STRING('.'));
if (period == NULL)
{
file->extension = &(file->name[_tinydir_strlen(file->name)]);
}
else
{
file->extension = period + 1;
}
}
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
{
const tinydir_file *fa = (const tinydir_file *)a;
const tinydir_file *fb = (const tinydir_file *)b;
if (fa->is_dir != fb->is_dir)
{
return -(fa->is_dir - fb->is_dir);
}
return _tinydir_strncmp(fa->name, fb->name, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
}
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
/*
The following authored by Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
from https://womble.decadent.org.uk/readdir_r-advisory.html
*/
/* Calculate the required buffer size (in bytes) for directory *
* entries read from the given directory handle. Return -1 if this *
* this cannot be done. *
* *
* This code does not trust values of NAME_MAX that are less than *
* 255, since some systems (including at least HP-UX) incorrectly *
* define it to be a smaller value. */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp)
{
long name_max;
size_t name_end;
/* parameter may be unused */
(void)dirp;
#if defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
name_max = fpathconf(dirfd(dirp), _PC_NAME_MAX);
if (name_max == -1)
#if defined(NAME_MAX)
name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
#else
return (size_t)(-1);
#endif
#elif defined(NAME_MAX)
name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
#else
#error "buffer size for readdir_r cannot be determined"
#endif
name_end = (size_t)offsetof(struct _tinydir_dirent, d_name) + name_max + 1;
return (name_end > sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent) ?
name_end : sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent));
}
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
# if defined (_MSC_VER)
# pragma warning(pop)
# endif
#endif
Executable → Regular
View File
+6 -1
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ int
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
@@ -243,6 +245,9 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR. Likewise, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR
+2 -1
View File
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
return with an appropriate message. The particular script
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
.PP
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
+47
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
char
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *countPtr out
.AP char *src in
Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
.AP int *countPtr out
If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
the backslash character.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
.PP
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
non-internationalized Tcl extensions. It parses a backslash sequence and
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
characters in the backslash sequence.
.PP
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
backslash, parse
+162
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
.PP
The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
clientDataPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
.AP "const char" *name in
Name for new function.
.AP int numArgs in
Number of arguments to new function; also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
function.
.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
Procedure that implements the function.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
.AP int *numArgsPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
arguments to the function.
.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
implemented directly in bytecode).
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
.AP "const char" *pattern in
Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR. The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
It should not be used by new applications, which should create
math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
.PP
In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
or any, respectively.
.PP
Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
\fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
which describe the actual arguments to the function:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
long \fIintValue\fR;
double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
.CE
.PP
The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
field will contain the actual value of the argument.
.PP
\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
to indicate which value was set.
Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call. Normally, the return code is
\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
result.
.PP
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. Some functions (the
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
will not be modified. The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
\fIpattern\fR. The returned value has a reference count of zero.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
expression, mathematical function
+28 -1
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj, Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -42,6 +42,14 @@ void
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
.VS "info cmdtype feature"
void
\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR(\fIproc, typeName\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR(\fItoken\fR)
.VE "info cmdtype feature"
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -65,6 +73,9 @@ Pointer to structure containing various information about a
Tcl command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Value containing the name of a Tcl command.
.AP "const char" *typeName in
Indicates the name of the type of command implementation associated
with a particular \fIproc\fR, or NULL to break the association.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -296,6 +307,22 @@ is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
.PP
.VS "info cmdtype feature"
\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR is used to associate a name (the
\fItypeName\fR argument) with a particular implementation function so that it
can then be looked up with \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR, which in turn is
called with a command token that information is wanted for and which returns
the name of the type that was registered for the implementation function used
for that command. (The lookup functionality is surfaced virtually directly in Tcl via
\fBinfo cmdtype\fR.) If there is no function registered for a particular
function, the result will be the string literal
.QW \fBnative\fR .
The registration of a name can be undone by registering a mapping to NULL
instead. The result from \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR will be exactly that
string which was registered, and not a copy; use of a compile-time constant
string is \fIstrongly recommended\fR.
.VE "info cmdtype feature"
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
+7 -1
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ char *
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
@@ -126,6 +128,10 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
will still need to be called.
.PP
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
This procedure is now deprecated. \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR should
be used instead.
.PP
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
the string. It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
+17 -2
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -62,6 +62,12 @@ Tcl_Obj *
.sp
int
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -281,7 +287,7 @@ the encoding name to it. The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
\fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
exist.
.PP
@@ -396,6 +402,15 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories. When
searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
ignored.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
list. Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
list order, these routines establish the
.QW default
directory in which to find encoding data files.
.SH "ENCODING FILES"
Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
+19 -3
View File
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ int
.sp
int
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -64,6 +67,9 @@ first null byte are used.
Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
.AP char *part in
String forming part of a Tcl script.
.AP va_list argList in
An argument list which must have been initialized using
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -122,10 +128,16 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code. The string is parsed and executed directly
bytecodes. In situations where it is known that the script will never be
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
\fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
does not do the copy.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR. For the
efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
that are now deprecated. They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
@@ -141,6 +153,10 @@ It returns the result of the command and also modifies
\fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
of arguments. \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
.PP
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
list. Like \fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is deprecated.
.SH "FLAG BITS"
.PP
+5 -2
View File
@@ -64,9 +64,12 @@ if the first such characters are
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form; otherwise,
if the first such characters are
.QW \fB0b\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form; otherwise,
if the first such character is
.QW \fB0\fR
then \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in binary form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
expected to be in decimal form.
is expected to be in octal form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in decimal form.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
number, which is: white space; a sign; a sequence of digits; a
+3 -3
View File
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol. Typically, you would include the
\fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
.IP 3) 5
Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
.PP
If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
\fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
+13
View File
@@ -33,6 +33,19 @@ the pointer as described below is no longer supported. The supported
public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
.PP
For legacy programs and extensions no longer being maintained, compiles
against the Tcl 8.6 header files are only possible with the compiler
directives
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
and/or
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_ERRORLINE
.CE
depending on which fields of the \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct are accessed.
These directives may be embedded in code or supplied via compiler options.
.PP
The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
results or error messages from commands.
This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
+31 -13
View File
@@ -9,18 +9,18 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsPrivate, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Method
\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, isPublic,
methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
clientData\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Method
\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, isPublic,
methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
clientData\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ClassSetConstructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
.sp
@@ -35,8 +35,13 @@ Tcl_Object
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_MethodName\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
.VS TIP500
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.VE TIP500
.sp
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR(\fImethod, methodTypePtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
@@ -66,10 +71,15 @@ The class to create the method in.
.AP Tcl_Obj *nameObj in
The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating
constructors or destructors.
.AP int isPublic in
A flag saying what the visibility of the method is. The only supported public
values of this flag are 0 for a non-exported method, and 1 for an exported
method.
.AP int flags in
A flag saying (currently) what the visibility of the method is. The supported
public values of this flag are \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PUBLIC\fR (which is fixed at 1
for backward compatibility) for an exported method,
\fBTCL_OO_METHOD_UNEXPORTED\fR (which is fixed at 0 for backward
compatibility) for a non-exported method,
.VS TIP500
and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
.VE TIP500
.AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
compare against.
@@ -105,8 +115,12 @@ Given a method, the entity that declared it can be found using
attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to any class) and
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR which returns the object that the method is
attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to an object). The name of
the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR and whether the method
is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR. The type of the method
the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR, whether the method
is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR,
.VS TIP500
and whether the method is private is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR.
.VE TIP500
The type of the method
can also be introspected upon to a limited degree; the function
\fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR returns whether a method is of a particular type,
assigning the per-method \fIclientData\fR to the variable pointed to by
@@ -117,8 +131,12 @@ Methods are created by \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR and \fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR,
which
create a method attached to a class or an object respectively. In both cases,
the \fInameObj\fR argument gives the name of the method to create, the
\fIisPublic\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
initially, the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
\fIflags\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
initially
.VS TIP500
or be marked as a private method,
.VE TIP500
the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
the method (see the \fBMETHOD TYPES\fR section below) and the \fIclientData\fR
argument gives some implementation-specific data that is passed on to the
implementation of the method when it is called.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+18 -1
View File
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -16,8 +16,14 @@ void
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
.AP "const char*" format in
@@ -51,6 +57,14 @@ message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
system dialog box is used to display the panic message.
.PP
If your application doesn't use \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR
and you want to implicitly use the stderr channel of your
application's C runtime (in stead of the stderr channel of the
C runtime used by Tcl), you can call \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR
with \fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR as its argument. On platforms which
only have one C runtime (almost all platforms except Windows)
\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR is equivalent to NULL.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR may be used to modify the behavior of
\fBTcl_Panic\fR. The \fIpanicProc\fR argument should match the
type \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR:
@@ -77,6 +91,9 @@ the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
will be displayed.
.PP
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+19 -5
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,16 +33,20 @@ const char *
.sp
\fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
determines the context for evaluating the
script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
.AP "const char" *start in
Pointer to first character in string to parse.
.AP int numBytes in
@@ -187,6 +191,16 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
some other integer value originating in an extension.
In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
The reference count of the value returned as result has been
incremented, so the caller must
invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
.SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
.PP
\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
+7 -2
View File
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
This argument is ignored.
Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
controlled the conversion. As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
that is now shared by all interpreters.
.AP double value in
Floating-point value to be converted.
.AP char *dst out
@@ -38,7 +41,9 @@ so that it does not look like an integer. Where \fB%g\fR would
generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
.QW .0 .
.PP
The result will have the fewest digits needed to
If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
precisely that many digits of significance. If the value is zero
(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
as well as a result value containing additional information
(a result value or error message)
+36 -71
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Coulter.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -9,7 +10,9 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
state of an an interpreter.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,91 +33,53 @@ int
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter for which state should be saved.
The interpreter for the operation.
.AP int status in
Return code value to save as part of interpreter state.
The return code for the state.
.AP Tcl_InterpState state in
Saved state token to be restored or discarded.
A token for saved state.
.AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
Pointer to location where interpreter result should be saved or restored.
A pointer to storage for saved state.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines allows a C procedure to take a snapshot of the current
state of an interpreter so that it can be restored after a call
to \fBTcl_Eval\fR or some other routine that modifies the interpreter
state. There are two triplets of routines meant to work together.
These routines save the state of an interpreter before a call to a routine such
as \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and restore the state afterwards.
.PP
The first triplet stores the snapshot of interpreter state in
an opaque token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR. That token
value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
state is to be restored. So long as one of the latter two routines
is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR saves the parts of \fIinterp\fR that comprise the
result of a script, including the resulting value, the return code passed as
\fIstatus\fR, and any options such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR.
It returns a token for the saved state. The interpreter result is not reset
and no interpreter state is changed.
.PP
The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
procedure. These routines do not save the state of any error
information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR restores the state indicated by \fIstate\fR and
returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
of existing programs that may already be using them.
If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called
to release it. A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
again.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
The call to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR does not itself change the
state of the interpreter. Unlike \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, it does
not reset the interpreter.
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are
deprecated. Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more
capable.
.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR accepts a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token
previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR and restores the
state of the interp to the state held in that snapshot. The return
value of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR is the status value originally
passed to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when the snapshot token was
created.
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location
\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial
state. It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR is called to release a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR
token previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when that
snapshot is not to be restored to an interp.
.PP
The \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak. Once
the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and value results
of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR and
leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.
.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR moves the string and value results from
\fIstatePtr\fR back into \fIinterp\fR. Any result or error that was
already in the interpreter will be cleared. The \fIstatePtr\fR is left
in an uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR. \fIstatePtr\fR is
then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the saved interpreter state
stored at \fBstatePtr\fR. The state structure is left in an
uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is
then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
memory associated with the saved state.
If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to
release it.
.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp
+1 -1
View File
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
.PP
At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
an error.
By default the recursion limit is 1000.
+19 -1
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ const char *
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
@@ -150,6 +152,9 @@ extensions.
Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.PP
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
@@ -192,6 +197,19 @@ It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
is about to replace one result value with another.
.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
.PP
It used to be legal for programs to
directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
to manipulate the interpreter result. The Tcl headers no longer
permit this access by default, and C code still doing this must
be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
+8 -1
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
@@ -244,6 +247,10 @@ values may contain internal null characters). Any number of
\fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
argument list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
+9 -3
View File
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ int
.AP Tcl_Condition *condPtr in
A condition variable, which must be associated with a mutex lock.
.AP Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr in
A mutex lock.
.VS TIP509
A recursive mutex lock.
.VE TIP509
.AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
A time limit on the condition wait. NULL to wait forever.
Note that a polling value of 0 seconds does not make much sense.
@@ -140,8 +142,12 @@ of code by calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR.
If one thread holds a mutex, any other thread calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR will
block until \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR is called.
A mutex can be destroyed after its use by calling \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR.
The result of locking a mutex twice from the same thread is undefined.
On some platforms it will result in a deadlock.
.VS TIP509
Mutexes are reentrant: they can be locked several times from the same
thread. However there must be exactly one call to
\fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR for each call to \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR in order
for a thread to release a mutex completely.
.VE TIP509
The \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR, \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR
procedures are defined as empty macros if not compiling with threads enabled.
For declaration of mutexes the \fBTCL_DECLARE_MUTEX\fR macro should be used.
+10 -7
View File
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ case-insensitive (1).
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Tcl_UniChars. A
Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode characters. An
Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
quantity. A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes. A multibyte UTF-8
sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
@@ -130,9 +130,12 @@ sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR. The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR.
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is an upper surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 0 and nothing will be stored. If you still
want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even though knowing it's an illegal
code-point on its own), just call \fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again using ch = -1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR. The return value is the
@@ -203,7 +206,7 @@ of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise. This function does not guarantee
that the UTF-8 string is properly formed. This routine is used by
procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
full Unicode character has been seen.
.PP
\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
@@ -211,12 +214,12 @@ returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
+77
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH abstract n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
oo::abstract \- a class that does not allow direct instances of itself
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO
\fBoo::abstract\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
.nf
\fBoo::object\fR
\(-> \fBoo::class\fR
\(-> \fBoo::abstract\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Abstract classes are classes that can contain definitions, but which cannot be
directly manufactured; they are intended to only ever be inherited from and
instantiated indirectly. The characteristic methods of \fBoo::class\fR
(\fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR) are not exported by an instance of
\fBoo::abstract\fR.
.PP
Note that \fBoo::abstract\fR is not itself an instance of \fBoo::abstract\fR.
.SS CONSTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
\fBoo::class\fR class.
.SS DESTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
will destroy all its subclasses).
.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class defines no new exported methods.
.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR,
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR, and \fBnew\fR are unexported.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example defines a simple class hierarchy and creates a new instance of
it. It then invokes a method of the object before destroying the hierarchy and
showing that the destruction is transitive.
.PP
.CS
\fBoo::abstract\fR create fruit {
method eat {} {
puts "yummy!"
}
}
oo::class create banana {
superclass fruit
method peel {} {
puts "skin now off"
}
}
set b [banana \fBnew\fR]
$b peel \fI\(-> prints 'skin now off'\fR
$b eat \fI\(-> prints 'yummy!'\fR
set f [fruit new] \fI\(-> error 'unknown method "new"...'\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
oo::define(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abstract class, class, metaclass, object
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+9 -3
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
of variable \fIvarName\fR. If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, the concatenation of the default value and all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments will be stored in the array element.
.VE TIP508
The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
\fIvarName\fR.
This command provides an efficient way to build up long
@@ -44,6 +49,7 @@ puts $var
concat(n), lappend(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+52 -1
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.TH array n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
@@ -36,6 +36,53 @@ with an empty name, since the return value from
\fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
has been completed.
.TP
\fBarray default \fIsubcommand arrayName args...\fR
.VS TIP508
Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
returned when reading from an element of the array \farrayName\fR if the read
would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
relation to non-existing array elements.
.RS
.PP
The \fIsubcommand\fR argument controls what exact operation will be performed
on the default value of \fIarrayName\fR. Supported \fIsubcommand\fRs are:
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default exists \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This returns a boolean value indicating whether a default value has been set
for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Returns a false value if \fIarrayName\fR does
not exist. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is
not an array.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default get \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This returns the current default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Raises
an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not an array, or
if \fIarrayName\fR is an array without a default value.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default set \fIarrayName value\fR
.VS TIP508
This sets the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
Returns the empty string. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing
variable that is not an array, or if \fIarrayName\fR is an illegal name for an
array. If \fIarrayName\fR does not currently exist, it is created as an empty
array as well as having its default value set.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default unset \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This removes the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR and returns the
empty string. Does nothing if \fIarrayName\fR does not have a default
value. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not
an array.
.VE TIP508
.RE
.TP
\fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
state associated with that search. \fISearchId\fR indicates
@@ -194,3 +241,7 @@ foreach color [lsort [\fBarray names\fR colorcount]] {
list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
array, element names, search
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+88
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH callback n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
callback, mymethod \- generate callbacks to methods
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO
\fBcallback\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
\fBmymethod\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBcallback\fR command,
'\" Based on notes in the tcllib docs, we know the provenance of mymethod
also called \fBmymethod\fR for compatibility with the ooutil and snit packages
of Tcllib,
and which should only be used from within the context of a call to a method
(i.e. inside a method, constructor or destructor body) is used to generate a
script fragment that will invoke the method, \fImethodName\fR, on the current
object (as reported by \fBself\fR) when executed. Any additional arguments
provided will be provided as leading arguments to the callback. The resulting
script fragment shall be a proper list.
.PP
Note that it is up to the caller to ensure that the current object is able to
handle the call of \fImethodName\fR; this command does not check that.
\fImethodName\fR may refer to any exported or unexported method, but may not
refer to a private method as those can only be invoked directly from within
methods. If there is no such method present at the point when the callback is
invoked, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handler will be called.
.SH EXAMPLE
This is a simple echo server class. The \fBcallback\fR command is used in two
places, to arrange for the incoming socket connections to be handled by the
\fIAccept\fR method, and to arrange for the incoming bytes on those
connections to be handled by the \fIReceive\fR method.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create EchoServer {
variable server clients
constructor {port} {
set server [socket -server [\fBcallback\fR Accept] $port]
set clients {}
}
destructor {
chan close $server
foreach client [dict keys $clients] {
chan close $client
}
}
method Accept {channel clientAddress clientPort} {
dict set clients $channel [dict create \e
address $clientAddress port $clientPort]
chan event $channel readable [\fBcallback\fR Receive $channel]
}
method Receive {channel} {
if {[chan gets $channel line] >= 0} {
my echo $channel $line
} else {
chan close $channel
dict unset clients $channel
}
}
method echo {channel line} {
dict with clients $channel {
chan puts $channel \e
[format {[%s:%d] %s} $address $port $line]
}
}
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
chan(n), fileevent(n), my(n), self(n), socket(n), trace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
callback, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+60
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
case \- Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? \fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?
.sp
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? {\fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?}
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fINote: the \fBcase\fI command is obsolete and is supported only
for backward compatibility. At some point in the future it may be
removed entirely. You should use the \fBswitch\fI command instead.\fR
.PP
The \fBcase\fR command matches \fIstring\fR against each of
the \fIpatList\fR arguments in order.
Each \fIpatList\fR argument is a list of one or
more patterns. If any of these patterns matches \fIstring\fR then
\fBcase\fR evaluates the following \fIbody\fR argument
by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter and returns the result
of that evaluation.
Each \fIpatList\fR argument consists of a single
pattern or list of patterns. Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
described under \fBstring match\fR. If a \fIpatList\fR
argument is \fBdefault\fR, the corresponding body will be evaluated
if no \fIpatList\fR matches \fIstring\fR. If no \fIpatList\fR argument
matches \fIstring\fR and no default is given, then the \fBcase\fR
command returns an empty string.
.PP
Two syntaxes are provided for the \fIpatList\fR and \fIbody\fR arguments.
The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
this form is convenient if substitutions are desired on some of the
patterns or commands.
The second form places all of the patterns and commands together into
a single argument; the argument must have proper list structure, with
the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.
The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
backslash at the end of each line.
Since the \fIpatList\fR arguments are in braces in the second form,
no command or variable substitutions are performed on them; this makes
the behavior of the second form different than the first form in some
cases.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
switch(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
case, match, regular expression
+4
View File
@@ -41,3 +41,7 @@ current one:
filename(n), glob(n), pwd(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
working directory
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+78
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH classvariable n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
classvariable \- create link from local variable to variable in class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO
\fBclassvariable\fR \fIvariableName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBclassvariable\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series
of one or more variable names and makes them available in the method's scope;
those variable names must not be qualified and must not refer to array
elements. The originating scope for the variables is the namespace of the
class that the method was defined by. In other words, the referenced variables
are shared between all instances of that class.
.PP
Note: This command is equivalent to the command \fBtypevariable\fR provided by
the snit package in tcllib for approximately the same purpose. If used in a
method defined directly on a class instance (e.g., through the
\fBoo::objdefine\fR \fBmethod\fR definition) this is very much like just
using:
.PP
.CS
namespace upvar [namespace current] $var $var
.CE
.PP
for each variable listed to \fBclassvariable\fR.
.SH EXAMPLE
This class counts how many instances of it have been made.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Counted {
initialise {
variable count 0
}
variable number
constructor {} {
\fBclassvariable\fR count
set number [incr count]
}
method report {} {
\fBclassvariable\fR count
puts "This is instance $number of $count"
}
}
set a [Counted new]
set b [Counted new]
$a report
\fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
set c [Counted new]
$b report
\fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
$c report
\fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
global(n), namespace(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, class variable, variable
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+29 -10
View File
@@ -452,6 +452,19 @@ If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
(For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
time zone when converting local times. This caveat does not apply to
UTC times.)
.PP
If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
a field is out of range, enough of that field's unit will be added to
or subtracted from the time to bring it in range. Thus, if attempting to
scan or format day 0 of the month, one day will be subtracted from day
1 of the month, yielding the last day of the previous month.
.PP
If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
a Daylight Saving Time change skips over that time, or an ambiguous
time because a Daylight Saving Time change skips back so that the clock
observes the given time twice, and no time zone specifier (\fB%z\fR
or \fB%Z\fR) is present in the format, the time is interpreted as
if the clock had not changed.
.SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
.PP
The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
@@ -873,40 +886,46 @@ The \fIinputString\fR argument consists of zero or more specifications of the
following form:
.TP
\fItime\fR
A time of day, which is of the form: \fBhh?:mm?:ss?? ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
or \fBhhmm ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
If no meridian is specified, \fBhh\fR is interpreted on
.
A time of day, which is of the form:
.QW "\fIhh\fR?\fB:\fImm\fR?\fB:\fIss\fR?? ?\fImeridian\fR? ?\fIzone\fR?"
or
.QW "\fBhhmm \fR?\fBmeridian\fR? ?\fBzone\fR?" .
If no \fImeridian\fR is specified, \fIhh\fR is interpreted on
a 24-hour clock.
.TP
\fIdate\fR
.
A specific month and day with optional year. The
acceptable formats are
.QW "\fBmm/dd\fR?\fB/yy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBmonthname dd\fR?\fB, yy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBday, dd monthname \fR?\fByy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBdd monthname yy\fR" ,
.QW "?\fBCC\fR?\fByymmdd\fR" ,
.QW "\fImm\fB/\fIdd\fR?\fB/\fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fImonthname dd\fR?\fB, \fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fIday\fB, \fIdd monthname \fR?\fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fIdd monthname yy\fR" ,
.QW "?\fICC\fR?\fIyymmdd\fR" ,
and
.QW "\fBdd-monthname-\fR?\fBCC\fR?\fByy\fR" .
.QW "\fIdd\fB-\fImonthname\fB-\fR?\fICC\fR?\fIyy\fR" .
The default year is the current year. If the year is less
than 100, we treat the years 00-68 as 2000-2068 and the years 69-99
as 1969-1999. Not all platforms can represent the years 38-70, so
an error may result if these years are used.
.TP
\fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR
.
An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR,
where \fBT\fR is the literal
.QW T ,
.QW "\fICCyymmdd hhmmss\fR" ,
or
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh:mm:ss\fR .
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR .
Note that only these three formats are accepted.
The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
specifications specified in ISO8601. Other formats can be recognized by
giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
.TP
\fIrelative time\fR
.
A specification relative to the current time. The format is \fBnumber
unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR,
\fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
+293 -43
View File
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\" Copyright (c) 2007-2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -39,6 +39,27 @@ used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
.TP
\fBclassmethod\fI name\fR ?\fIargList bodyScrip\fR?
.VS TIP478
This creates a class method, or (if \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR are
omitted) promotes an existing method on the class object to be a class
method. The \fIname\fR, \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR arguments are as in
the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
.RS
.PP
Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBself\R and
\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
instance of the subclass, the current object is the subclass.
.PP
In a private definition context, the methods as invoked on classes are
\fInot\fR private, but the methods as invoked on instances of classes are
private.
.RE
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
@@ -82,17 +103,14 @@ by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
turn be overridden by instances.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.
.VS
By default, this slot works by appending.
.VE
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
@@ -105,6 +123,22 @@ fully-qualified, the command will be searched for in each object's namespace,
using the instances' namespace's path, or by looking in the global namespace.
The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and
non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBinitialise\fI script\fR
.TP
\fBinitialize\fI script\fR
.VS TIP478
This evaluates \fIscript\fR in a context which supports local variables and
where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
@@ -117,17 +151,40 @@ be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
\fBunexport\fR.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.
.VS
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.VE
.TP
\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
.TP
\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
.
.VS TIP500
This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
current class will be private definitions.
.RS
.PP
The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, \fBself\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting
\fBprivate\fR inside \fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost
definition context is just a private definition context. All other definition
commands have no difference in behavior when used in a private definition
context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
@@ -159,21 +216,23 @@ operates identically to
If no arguments at all are used, this gives the name of the class currently
being configured.
.VE TIP470
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), the definitions on the class object will also be made in a private
definition context.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBsuperclass\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
allows the alteration of the superclasses of the class being defined.
Each \fIclassName\fR argument names one class that is to be a superclass of
the defined class. Note that objects must not be changed from being classes to
being non-classes or vice-versa, that an empty parent class is equivalent to
\fBoo::object\fR, and that the parent classes of \fBoo::object\fR and
\fBoo::class\fR may not be modified.
.VS
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.VE
.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
@@ -185,18 +244,31 @@ actually defined by a superclass; subclass unexports override superclass
visibility, and may be overridden by instance unexports.
.TP
\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
variables to be automatically made
available in the methods, constructor and destructor declared by the class
being defined. Each variable name must not have any namespace
separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
actually present in the instance object on which the method is executed. Note
actually present in the namespace of the instance object on which the method
is executed. Note
that the variable lists declared by a superclass or subclass are completely
disjoint, as are variable lists declared by instances; the list of variable
names is just for methods (and constructors and destructors) declared by this
class. By default, this slot works by appending.
.VE
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
class. In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
the methods of this class, and the name of the variable in the instance
namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from other classes
extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
@@ -223,18 +295,15 @@ being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.
.VS
By default, this slot works by appending.
.VE
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
@@ -244,6 +313,13 @@ additional arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified
by the caller of the method. Forwarded methods should be deleted using the
\fBmethod\fR subcommand. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with
a lower-case letter, and non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
@@ -254,17 +330,38 @@ method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
letter, and non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates a per-object list of additional classes that are to be
mixed into the object. Each argument, \fIclassName\fR, names a single class
that is to be mixed in.
.VS
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.VE
.TP
\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
.TP
\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
.VS TIP500
This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
current object will be private definitions.
.RS
.PP
The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting \fBprivate\fR inside
\fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost definition context is
just a private definition context. All other definition commands have no
difference in behavior when used in a private definition context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
@@ -275,7 +372,6 @@ that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR
.
.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
@@ -289,36 +385,70 @@ object being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a class; instance unexports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
.VS
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
variables to be automatically made available in the methods declared by the
object being defined. Each variable name must not have any namespace
separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
actually present in the object on which the method is executed. Note that the
actually present in the namespace of the object on which the method is
executed. Note that the
variable lists declared by the classes and mixins of which the object is an
instance are completely disjoint; the list of variable names is just for
methods declared by this object. By default, this slot works by appending.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
object. In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
the methods of this instance object, and the name of the variable in the
instance namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from
superclass methods extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SH "PRIVATE METHODS"
.VS TIP500
When a class or instance has a private method, that private method can only be
invoked from within methods of that class or instance. Other callers of the
object's methods \fIcannot\fR invoke private methods, it is as if the private
methods do not exist. However, a private method of a class \fIcan\fR be
invoked from the class's methods when those methods are being used on another
instance object; this means that a class can use them to coordinate behaviour
between several instances of itself without interfering with how other
classes (especially either subclasses or superclasses) interact. Private
methods precede all mixed in classes in the method call order (as reported by
\fBself call\fR).
.VE TIP500
.SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
the slot. The class defines three operations (as methods) that may be done on
the slot. The class defines five operations (as methods) that may be done on
the slot:
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS
.
This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
.VS
.
This sets the slot definition to the empty list.
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-prepend\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS TIP516
This prepends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-remove\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS TIP516
This removes the given \fImember\fR elements from the slot definition.
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS
.
This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
.PP
A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
@@ -331,20 +461,55 @@ which is forwarded to the default operation of the slot (thus, for the class
slot, this is forwarded to
.QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
and these methods which provide the implementation interface:
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR
.VS
Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot. This method must
always be called from a stack frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or
\fBoo::objdefine\fR.
.VE
.
Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot, but does not modify
the slot. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by a
call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method \fIshould not\fR
return an error unless it is called from outside a definition context or with
the wrong number of arguments.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP516
The elements of the list should be fully resolved, if that is a meaningful
concept to the slot.
.VE TIP516
.RE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBResolve\fR \fIslotElement\fR
.VS TIP516
Returns \fIslotElement\fR with a resolution operation applied to it, but does
not modify the slot. For slots of simple strings, this is an operation that
does nothing, whereas for slots of classes, this maps a class name to its
fully-qualified class name. This method must always be called from a stack
frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This
method \fIshould not\fR return an error unless it is called from outside a
definition context or with the wrong number of arguments; unresolvable
arguments should be returned as is (as not all slot operations strictly
require that values are resolvable to work).
.RS
.PP
Implementations \fIshould not\fR enforce uniqueness and ordering constraints
in this method; that is the responsibility of the \fBSet\fR method.
.RE
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR
.VS
.
Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.
a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method may return an
error if it rejects the change to the slot contents (e.g., because of invalid
values) as well as if it is called from outside a definition context or with
the wrong number of arguments.
.RS
.PP
This method \fImay\fR reorder and filter the elements if this is necessary in
order to satisfy the underlying constraints of the slot. (For example, slots
of classes enforce a uniqueness constraint that places each element in the
earliest location in the slot that it can.)
.RE
.PP
The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
@@ -352,7 +517,14 @@ an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
\fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.
.VE
.PP
.VS TIP516
Most slot operations will initially \fBResolve\fR their argument list, combine
it with the results of the \fBGet\fR method, and then \fBSet\fR the result.
Some operations omit one or both of the first two steps; omitting the third
would result in an idempotent read-only operation (but the standard mechanism
for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
.VE TIP516
.SH EXAMPLES
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
@@ -409,6 +581,84 @@ oo::class create B {
inst m1 \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
inst m2 \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP478
This example shows how to create and use class variables. It is a class that
counts how many instances of itself have been made.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Counted
\fBoo::define\fR Counted {
\fBinitialise\fR {
variable count 0
}
\fBvariable\fR number
\fBconstructor\fR {} {
classvariable count
set number [incr count]
}
\fBmethod\fR report {} {
classvariable count
puts "This is instance $number of $count"
}
}
set a [Counted new]
set b [Counted new]
$a report
\fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
set c [Counted new]
$b report
\fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
$c report
\fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
.CE
.PP
This example demonstrates how to use class methods. (Note that the constructor
for \fBoo::class\fR calls \fBoo::define\fR on the class.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create DBTable {
\fBclassmethod\fR find {description} {
puts "DB: locate row from [self] matching $description"
return [my new]
}
\fBclassmethod\fR insert {description} {
puts "DB: create row in [self] matching $description"
return [my new]
}
\fBmethod\fR update {description} {
puts "DB: update row [self] with $description"
}
\fBmethod\fR delete {} {
puts "DB: delete row [self]"
my destroy; # Just delete the object, not the DB row
}
}
oo::class create Users {
\fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
}
oo::class create Groups {
\fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
}
set u1 [Users insert "username=abc"]
\fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=abc\fR
set u2 [Users insert "username=def"]
\fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=def\fR
$u2 update "group=NULL"
\fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj124 with group=NULL\fR
$u1 delete
\fI\(-> DB: delete row ::oo::Obj123\fR
set g [Group find "groupname=webadmins"]
\fI\(-> DB: locate row ::Group with groupname=webadmins\fR
$g update "emailaddress=admins"
\fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+35
View File
@@ -27,6 +27,11 @@ key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the appending operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
.
@@ -124,6 +129,11 @@ resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the incrementing operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
@@ -149,6 +159,11 @@ keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the list-appending operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
.
@@ -206,6 +221,11 @@ value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value insert/update operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
@@ -221,6 +241,11 @@ through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value remove operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
.
@@ -236,6 +261,11 @@ are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
evaluation of \fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the update operation.
.VE TIP508
.RS
.PP
Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
@@ -270,6 +300,11 @@ dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
(unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
\fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the updating operation.
.VE TIP508
.RS
.PP
The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;
+4
View File
@@ -59,3 +59,7 @@ while {1} {
file(n), open(n), close(n), fblocked(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
channel, end of file
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+17
View File
@@ -217,6 +217,19 @@ information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS
.PP
Note that the current escape resp. quoting of arguments for windows works only
with executables using CommandLineToArgv, CRT-library or similar, as well as
with the windows batch files (excepting the newline, see below).
Although it is the common escape algorithm, but, in fact, the way how the
executable parses the command-line (resp. splits it into single arguments)
is decisive.
.PP
Unfortunately, there is currently no way to supply newline character within
an argument to the batch files (\fB.cmd\fR or \fB.bat\fR) or to the command
processor (\fBcmd.exe /c\fR), because this causes truncation of command-line
(also the argument chain) on the first newline character.
But it works properly with an executable (using CommandLineToArgv, etc).
.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
@@ -409,6 +422,10 @@ that sometimes pop up:
With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
.PP
.CS
@gcc %*
.CE
or like another variant using single parameters:
.CS
@gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
.CE
.SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"
+4
View File
@@ -49,3 +49,7 @@ if {[catch {main} msg options]} {
exec(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abort, exit, process
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+3 -1
View File
@@ -50,7 +50,9 @@ An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form. For
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
+4
View File
@@ -65,3 +65,7 @@ vwait forever
gets(n), open(n), read(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
blocking, nonblocking
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -154,3 +154,7 @@ fconfigure(n), gets(n), interp(n), puts(n), read(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
asynchronous I/O, blocking, channel, event handler, nonblocking, readable,
script, writable.
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -176,3 +176,7 @@ file(n), glob(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
current directory, absolute file name, relative file name,
volume-relative file name, portability
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -43,3 +43,7 @@ puts "Hello there, $name!"
file(n), open(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
blocking, buffer, channel, flush, nonblocking, output
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -102,3 +102,7 @@ for(n), while(n), break(n), continue(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
foreach, iteration, list, loop
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -56,3 +56,7 @@ proc accum {string} {
namespace(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
global, namespace, procedure, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -100,3 +100,7 @@ the \fBevent\fR operation to retrieve some event,
and the \fBadd\fR operation to add it to history and execute it.
.SH KEYWORDS
event, history, record
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+178 -10
View File
@@ -6,22 +6,24 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.TH "http" n 2.9 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http ?2.7?\fR
\fBpackage require http\fI ?\fB2.8\fR?
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
\fB::http::config\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::geturl \fIurl\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
.sp
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::wait \fItoken\fR
@@ -44,12 +46,14 @@ http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.sp
\fB::http::register \fIproto port command\fR
.sp
\fB::http::registerError \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::unregister \fIproto\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBhttp\fR package provides the client side of the HTTP/1.1
protocol, as defined in RFC 2616.
protocol, as defined in RFC 7230 to RFC 7235, which supersede RFC 2616.
The package implements the GET, POST, and HEAD operations
of HTTP/1.1. It allows configuration of a proxy host to get through
firewalls. The package is compatible with the \fBSafesock\fR security
@@ -95,6 +99,19 @@ comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive. For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-pipeline\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether HTTP/1.1 transactions on a persistent socket will be
pipelined. See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The default
is 1.
.TP
\fB\-postfresh\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether requests that use the \fBPOST\fR method will always use a
fresh socket, overriding the \fB-keepalive\fR option of
command \fBhttp::geturl\fR. See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details.
The default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any. If this value is the
@@ -116,20 +133,47 @@ an empty list. The default filter returns the values of the
\fB\-proxyhost\fR and \fB\-proxyport\fR settings if they are
non-empty.
.TP
\fB\-repost\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies what to do if a POST request over a persistent connection fails
because the server has half-closed the connection. If boolean \fBtrue\fR, the
request
will be automatically retried; if boolean \fBfalse\fR it will not, and the
application
that uses \fBhttp::geturl\fR is expected to seek user confirmation before
retrying the POST. The value \fBtrue\fR should be used only under certain
conditions. See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The
default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-urlencoding\fR \fIencoding\fR
.
The \fIencoding\fR used for creating the x-url-encoded URLs with
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR. The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR and \fB::http::quoteString\fR.
The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
2718. Prior to http 2.5 this was unspecified, and that behavior can be
returned by specifying the empty string (\fB{}\fR), although
\fIiso8859-1\fR is recommended to restore similar behavior but without the
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR throwing an error processing non-latin-1
characters.
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR or \fB::http::quoteString\fR
throwing an error processing non-latin-1 characters.
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request. The default is
.QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" .
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request. In an unsafe
interpreter, the default value depends upon the operating system, and
the version numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR, and is (for example)
.QW "\fBMozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 10.0) http/2.8.12 Tcl/8.6.8\fR" .
A safe interpreter cannot determine its operating system, and so the default
in a safe interpreter is to use a Windows 10 value with the current version
numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR.
.TP
\fB\-zip\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If the value is boolean \fBtrue\fR, then by default requests will send a header
.QW "\fBAccept-Encoding: gzip,deflate,compress\fR" .
If the value is boolean \fBfalse\fR, then by default this header will not be sent.
In either case the default can be overridden for an individual request by
supplying a custom \fBAccept-Encoding\fR header in the \fB-headers\fR option
of \fBhttp::geturl\fR. The default is 1.
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
@@ -227,7 +271,7 @@ Pragma: no-cache
.TP
\fB\-keepalive\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If true, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
If boolean \fBtrue\fR, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
multiple requests. Default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-method\fR \fItype\fR
@@ -334,6 +378,11 @@ encodes the keys and values, and generates one string that has the
proper & and = separators. The result is suitable for the
\fB\-query\fR value passed to \fB::http::geturl\fR.
.TP
\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of string. It takes a single argument and
encodes it.
.TP
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.
This command resets the HTTP transaction identified by \fItoken\fR, if any.
@@ -415,6 +464,17 @@ set token [::http::geturl https://my.secure.site/]
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::registerError\fR \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
.
This procedure allows a registered protocol handler to deliver an error
message for use by \fBhttp\fR. Calling this command does not raise an
error. The command is useful when a registered protocol detects an problem
(for example, an invalid TLS certificate) that will cause an error to
propagate to \fBhttp\fR. The command allows \fBhttp\fR to provide a
precise error message rather than a general one. The command returns the
value provided by the last call with argument \fImessage\fR, or the empty
string if no such call has been made.
.TP
\fB::http::unregister\fR \fIproto\fR
.
This procedure unregisters a protocol handler that was previously
@@ -504,6 +564,14 @@ The following elements of
the array are supported:
.RS
.TP
\fBbinary\fR
.
This is boolean \fBtrue\fR if (after decoding any compression specified
by the
.QW "Content-Encoding"
response header) the HTTP response is binary. It is boolean \fBfalse\fR
if the HTTP response is text.
.TP
\fBbody\fR
.
The contents of the URL. This will be empty if the \fB\-channel\fR
@@ -602,6 +670,106 @@ A copy of the \fBContent-Type\fR meta-data value.
.
The requested URL.
.RE
.SH "PERSISTENT CONNECTIONS"
.PP
.SS "BASICS"
.PP
See RFC 7230 Sec 6, which supersedes RFC 2616 Sec 8.1.
.PP
A persistent connection allows multiple HTTP/1.1 transactions to be
carried over the same TCP connection. Pipelining allows a
client to make multiple requests over a persistent connection without
waiting for each response. The server sends responses in the same order
that the requests were received.
.PP
If a POST request fails to complete, typically user confirmation is
needed before sending the request again. The user may wish to verify
whether the server was modified by the failed POST request, before
sending the same request again.
.PP
A HTTP request will use a persistent socket if the call to
\fBhttp::geturl\fR has the option \fB-keepalive true\fR. It will use
pipelining where permitted if the \fBhttp::config\fR option
\fB-pipeline\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR (its default value).
.PP
The http package maintains no more than one persistent connection to each
server (i.e. each value of
.QW "domain:port" ).
If \fBhttp::geturl\fR is called to make a request over a persistent
connection while the connection is busy with another request, the new
request will be held in a queue until the connection is free.
.PP
The http package does not support HTTP/1.0 persistent connections
controlled by the \fBKeep-Alive\fR header.
.SS "SPECIAL CASES"
.PP
This subsection discusses issues related to closure of the
persistent connection by the server, automatic retry of failed requests,
the special treatment necessary for POST requests, and the options for
dealing with these cases.
.PP
In accordance with RFC 7230, \fBhttp::geturl\fR does not pipeline
requests that use the POST method. If a POST uses a persistent
connection and is not the first request on that connection,
\fBhttp::geturl\fR waits until it has received the response for the previous
request; or (if \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-postfresh\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR) it
uses a new connection for each POST.
.PP
If the server is processing a number of pipelined requests, and sends a
response header
.QW "\fBConnection: close\fR"
with one of the responses (other than the last), then subsequent responses
are unfulfilled. \fBhttp::geturl\fR will send the unfulfilled requests again
over a new connection.
.PP
A difficulty arises when a HTTP client sends a request over a persistent
connection that has been idle for a while. The HTTP server may
half-close an apparently idle connection while the client is sending a
request, but before the request arrives at the server: in this case (an
.QW "asynchronous close event" )
the request will fail. The difficulty arises because the client cannot
be certain whether the POST modified the state of the server. For HEAD or
GET requests, \fBhttp::geturl\fR opens another connection and retransmits
the failed request. However, if the request was a POST, RFC 7230 forbids
automatic retry by default, suggesting either user confirmation, or
confirmation by user-agent software that has semantic understanding of
the application. The \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-repost\fR allows for
either possibility.
.PP
Asynchronous close events can occur only in a short interval of time. The
\fBhttp\fR package monitors each persistent connection for closure by the
server. Upon detection, the connection is also closed at the client end,
and subsequent requests will use a fresh connection.
.PP
If the \fBhttp::geturl\fR command is called with option \fB-keepalive true\fR,
then it will both try to use an existing persistent connection
(if one is available), and it will send the server a
.QW "\fBConnection: keep-alive\fR"
request header asking to keep the connection open for future requests.
.PP
The \fBhttp::config\fR options \fB-pipeline\fR, \fB-postfresh\fR, and
\fB-repost\fR relate to persistent connections.
.PP
Option \fB-pipeline\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will pipeline GET and HEAD requests
made
over a persistent connection. POST requests will not be pipelined - if the
POST is not the first transaction on the connection, its request will not
be sent until the previous response has finished. GET and HEAD requests
made after a POST will not be sent until the POST response has been
delivered, and will not be sent if the POST fails.
.PP
Option \fB-postfresh\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will override the \fBhttp::geturl\fR option
\fB-keepalive\fR, and always open a fresh connection for a POST request.
.PP
Option \fB-repost\fR, if \fBtrue\fR, permits automatic retry of a POST request
that fails because it uses a persistent connection that the server has
half-closed (an
.QW "asynchronous close event" ).
Subsequent GET and HEAD requests in a failed pipeline will also be retried.
\fIThe -repost option should be used only if the application understands
that the retry is appropriate\fR - specifically, the application must know
that if the failed POST successfully modified the state of the server, a repeat POST
would have no adverse effect.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
+9
View File
@@ -27,6 +27,11 @@ and also returned as result.
Starting with the Tcl 8.5 release, the variable \fIvarName\fR passed
to \fBincr\fR may be unset, and in that case, it will be set to
the value \fIincrement\fR or to the default increment value of \fB1\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, the sum of the default value and the \fIincrement\fR (or
1) will be stored in the array element.
.VE TIP508
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Add one to the contents of the variable \fIx\fR:
@@ -59,3 +64,7 @@ an error if it is not):
expr(n), set(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
add, increment, variable, value
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+188 -98
View File
@@ -35,16 +35,51 @@ Returns the body of procedure \fIprocname\fR. \fIProcname\fR must be
the name of a Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo class\fI subcommand class\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.VS 8.6
.
Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdtype \fIcommandName\fR
.VS TIP426
Returns a description of the kind of command named by \fIcommandName\fR. The
supported types are:
.RS
.IP \fBalias\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR. Note that
safe interpreters can only see a subset of aliases (specifically those between
two commands within themselves).
.IP \fBcoroutine\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
.IP \fBensemble\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
.IP \fBimport\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
.IP \fBnative\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
interface directly without further registration of the type of command.
.IP \fBobject\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBprivateObject\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the private command (\fBmy\fR by default)
that represents an instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBproc\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
.IP \fBslave\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
.IP \fBzlibStream\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
.PP
There may be other registered types as well; this is a set that is extensible
at the implementation level with \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
.RE
.VE TIP426
.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
@@ -78,11 +113,10 @@ command is not complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
lines have been typed to complete the command.
.TP
\fBinfo coroutine\fR
.VS 8.6
.
Returns the name of the currently executing \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if either no coroutine is currently executing, or the current coroutine
has been deleted (but has not yet returned or yielded since deletion).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo default \fIprocname arg varname\fR
.
@@ -93,7 +127,7 @@ Otherwise it returns \fB1\fR and places the default value of \fIarg\fR
into variable \fIvarname\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo errorstack \fR?\fIinterp\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
Returns, in a form that is programmatically easy to parse, the function names
and arguments at each level from the call stack of the last error in the given
\fIinterp\fR, or in the current one if not specified.
@@ -118,7 +152,6 @@ options dictionary returned by 3-argument \fBcatch\fR; \fBinfo errorstack\fR
is a convenient way of retrieving it for uncaught errors at top-level in an
interactive \fBtclsh\fR.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo exists \fIvarName\fR
.
@@ -329,10 +362,9 @@ was invoked. If Tcl was unable to identify the file, then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo object\fI subcommand object\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.VS 8.6
.
Returns information about the object, \fIobject\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo patchlevel\fR
.
@@ -399,20 +431,22 @@ Note that a currently-visible variable may not yet
if it has not
been set (e.g. a variable declared but not set by \fBvariable\fR).
.SS "CLASS INTROSPECTION"
.VS 8.6
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo class\fR:
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class call\fI class method\fR
.VS
.
Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide a
stereotypical instance of \fIclass\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR
(stereotypical instances being objects instantiated by a class without having
any object-specific definitions added). This consists of a list of lists of
four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes the
general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter, and \fBunknown\fR for a
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter,
.VS TIP500
\fBprivate\fR for a private method,
.VE TIP500
and \fBunknown\fR for a
method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
\fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
@@ -423,122 +457,149 @@ implementation (see \fBinfo class methodtype\fR).
.RS
.PP
Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain.
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain,
.VS TIP500
and the call chains that this command files do not actually contain private
methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class constructor\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the constructor of
class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element list; the first
element is the list of arguments to the constructor in a form suitable for
passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and the second
element is the body of the constructor. If no constructor is present, this
returns the empty list.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class definition\fI class method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
\fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element
list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a form
suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and
the second element is the body of the method.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class destructor\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns the body of the destructor of class \fIclass\fR. If no
destructor is present, this returns the empty string.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class filters\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the class.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class forward\fI class method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
\fImethod\fR that is set on the class called \fIclass\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class instances\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of instances of class \fIclass\fR. If the
optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of returned
instances to those that match it according to the rules of \fBstring match\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class methods\fI class\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
class called \fIclass\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
.VS 8.6
If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given, the list of methods will include those
.
If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will include those
methods defined not just by the class, but also by the class's superclasses
and mixins.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-private\fR
.VS 8.6
If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given, the list of methods will also include
the private (i.e. non-exported) methods of the class (and superclasses and
.
If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will also include
the non-exported methods of the class (and superclasses and
mixins, if \fB\-all\fR is also given).
.VS TIP500
Note that this naming is an unfortunate clash with true private methods; this
option name is retained for backward compatibility.
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fB\-scope\fI scope\fR
.VS TIP500
Returns a list of all methods on \fIclass\fR that have the given visibility
\fIscope\fR. When this option is supplied, both the \fB\-all\fR and
\fB\-private\fR options are ignored. The valid values for \fIscope\fR are:
.RS
.IP \fBpublic\fR 3
Only methods with \fIpublic\fR scope (i.e., callable from anywhere by any instance
of this class) are to be returned.
.IP \fBunexported\fR 3
Only methods with \fIunexported\fR scope (i.e., only callable via \fBmy\fR) are to
be returned.
.IP \fBprivate\fR 3
Only methods with \fIprivate\fR scope (i.e., only callable from within this class's
methods) are to be returned.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class methodtype\fI class method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
the method named \fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. When the result is
\fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo class
definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
be discovered with \fBinfo class forward\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class mixins\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
class named \fIclass\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class subclasses\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of direct subclasses of class \fIclass\fR. If
the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of
returned classes to those that match it according to the rules of
\fBstring match\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class superclasses\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of direct superclasses of class \fIclass\fR in
inheritance precedence order.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class variables\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6
\fBinfo class variables\fI class\fR ?\fB\-private\fR?
.
This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the class named \fIclass\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
class's methods, constructor and destructor).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.SS "OBJECT INTROSPECTION"
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo object\fR:
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object call\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide
\fIobject\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR. This consists of a list of
lists of four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes
the general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter, and \fBunknown\fR for a
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter,
.VS TIP500
\fBprivate\fR for a private method,
.VE TIP500
and \fBunknown\fR for a
method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
\fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
@@ -550,128 +611,160 @@ implementation (see \fBinfo object methodtype\fR).
.RS
.PP
Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain.
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain,
.VS TIP500
and the call chains that this command files do not actually contain private
methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object class\fI object\fR ?\fIclassName\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
If \fIclassName\fR is unspecified, this subcommand returns class of the
\fIobject\fR object. If \fIclassName\fR is present, this subcommand returns a
boolean value indicating whether the \fIobject\fR is of that class.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object creationid\fI object\fR
.VS TIP500
Returns the unique creation identifier for the \fIobject\fR object. This
creation identifier is unique to the object (within a Tcl interpreter) and
cannot be controlled at object creation time or altered afterwards.
.RS
.PP
\fIImplementation note:\fR the creation identifier is used to generate unique
identifiers associated with the object, especially for private variables.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBinfo object definition\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
\fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. The definition is described as a two
element list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a
form suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition,
and the second element is the body of the method.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object filters\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the object.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object forward\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
\fImethod\fR that is set on the object called \fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa\fI category object\fR ?\fIarg\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand tests whether an object belongs to a particular category,
returning a boolean value that indicates whether the \fIobject\fR argument
meets the criteria for the category. The supported categories are:
.VE 8.6
.RS
.TP
\fBinfo object isa class\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class (i.e. an instance of
\fBoo::class\fR or one of its subclasses).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa metaclass\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class that can manufacture classes
(i.e. is \fBoo::class\fR or a subclass of it).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa mixin\fI object class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This returns whether \fIclass\fR is directly mixed into \fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa object\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This returns whether \fIobject\fR really is an object.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa typeof\fI object class\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This returns whether \fIclass\fR is the type of \fIobject\fR (i.e. whether
\fIobject\fR is an instance of \fIclass\fR or one of its subclasses, whether
direct or indirect).
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object methods\fI object\fR ?\fIoption...\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
object called \fIobject\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
.VS 8.6
If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given, the list of methods will include those
.
If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will include those
methods defined not just by the object, but also by the object's class and
mixins, plus the superclasses of those classes.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-private\fR
.VS 8.6
If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given, the list of methods will also include
the private (i.e. non-exported) methods of the object (and classes, if
.
If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will also include
the non-exported methods of the object (and classes, if
\fB\-all\fR is also given).
.VS TIP500
Note that this naming is an unfortunate clash with true private methods; this
option name is retained for backward compatibility.
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fB\-scope\fI scope\fR
.VS TIP500
Returns a list of all methods on \fIobject\fR that have the given visibility
\fIscope\fR. When this option is supplied, both the \fB\-all\fR and
\fB\-private\fR options are ignored. The valid values for \fIscope\fR are:
.RS
.IP \fBpublic\fR 3
Only methods with \fIpublic\fR scope (i.e., callable from anywhere) are to be
returned.
.IP \fBunexported\fR 3
Only methods with \fIunexported\fR scope (i.e., only callable via \fBmy\fR) are to
be returned.
.IP \fBprivate\fR 3
Only methods with \fIprivate\fR scope (i.e., only callable from within this object's
instance methods) are to be returned.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object methodtype\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
the method named \fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. When the result is
\fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo object
definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
be discovered with \fBinfo object forward\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object mixins\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
object named \fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object namespace\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns the name of the internal namespace of the object named
\fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object variables\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6
\fBinfo object variables\fI object\fRR ?\fB\-private\fR?
.
This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the object named \fIobject\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
object's methods).
.VE 8.6
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBinfo object vars\fI object\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.VS 8.6
.
This subcommand returns a list of all variables in the private namespace of
the object named \fIobject\fR. If the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is
given, it is a filter (in the syntax of a \fBstring match\fR glob pattern)
@@ -680,7 +773,6 @@ from the list returned by \fBinfo object variables\fR; that can include
variables that are currently unset, whereas this can include variables that
are not automatically included by any of \fIobject\fR's methods (or those of
its class, superclasses or mixins).
.VE 8.6
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This command prints out a procedure suitable for saving in a Tcl
@@ -703,7 +795,6 @@ proc printProc {procName} {
}
.CE
.SS "EXAMPLES WITH OBJECTS"
.VS 8.6
.PP
Every object necessarily knows what its class is; this information is
trivially extractable through introspection:
@@ -724,8 +815,10 @@ method and get how it is defined. This procedure illustrates how:
proc getDef {obj method} {
foreach inf [\fBinfo object call\fR $obj $method] {
lassign $inf calltype name locus methodtype
# Assume no forwards or filters, and hence no $calltype
# or $methodtype checks...
if {$locus eq "object"} {
return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $name]
} else {
@@ -748,7 +841,9 @@ proc getDef {obj method} {
# Assume no forwards
return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $method]
}
set cls [\fBinfo object class\fR $obj]
while {$method ni [\fBinfo class methods\fR $cls]} {
# Assume the simple case
set cls [lindex [\fBinfo class superclass\fR $cls] 0]
@@ -756,22 +851,17 @@ proc getDef {obj method} {
error "no definition for $method"
}
}
# Assume no forwards
return [\fBinfo class definition\fR $cls $method]
}
.CE
.VE 8.6
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.VS 8.6
global(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), oo::object(n), proc(n), self(n),
.VE 8.6
tcl_library(n), tcl_patchLevel(n), tcl_version(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, information, interpreter, introspection, level, namespace,
.VS 8.6
object,
.VE 8.6
procedure, variable
object, procedure, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
+1 -1
View File
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ attempts are silently ignored. This is needed to maintain the
consistency of the underlying interpreter's state.
.RE
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...?\fR
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...\fR?
.
Deletes zero or more interpreters given by the optional \fIpath\fR
arguments, and for each interpreter, it also deletes its slaves. The
+4
View File
@@ -42,3 +42,7 @@ set data {1 {2 3} 4 {5 {6 7} 8}}
list(n), lappend(n), split(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, join, list, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+10
View File
@@ -22,6 +22,12 @@ and appends each of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to that list as a separate
element, with spaces between elements.
If \fIvarName\fR does not exist, it is created as a list with elements
given by the \fIvalue\fR arguments.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, list that is comprised of the default value with all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments appended as elements will be stored in the array
element.
.VE TIP508
\fBLappend\fR is similar to \fBappend\fR except that the \fIvalue\fRs
are appended as list elements rather than raw text.
This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up
@@ -47,3 +53,7 @@ list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, element, list, variable
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+1 -1
View File
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
.SH NAME
lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlindex \fIlist ?index ...?\fR
\fBlindex \fIlist\fR ?\fIindex ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
+124
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH link n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
link \- create link from command to method of object
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO
\fBlink\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
\fBlink\fR \fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR ?\fI...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBlink\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series of one
or more method names (\fImethodName ...\fR) and/or pairs of command- and
method-name (\fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR) and makes the named methods
available as commands without requiring the explicit use of the name of the
object or the \fBmy\fR command. The method does not need to exist at the time
that the link is made; if the link command is invoked when the method does not
exist, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handling system is used.
.PP
The command name under which the method becomes available defaults to the
method name, except where explicitly specified through an alias/method pair.
Formally, every argument must be a list; if the list has two elements, the
first element is the name of the command to create and the second element is
the name of the method of the current object to which the command links;
otherwise, the name of the command and the name of the method are the same
string (the first element of the list).
.PP
If the name of the command is not a fully-qualified command name, it will be
resolved with respect to the current namespace (i.e., the object namespace).
.SH EXAMPLES
This demonstrates linking a single method in various ways. First it makes a
simple link, then a renamed link, then an external link. Note that the method
itself is unexported, but that it can still be called directly from outside
the class.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create ABC {
method Foo {} {
puts "This is Foo in [self]"
}
constructor {} {
\fBlink\fR Foo
# The method foo is now directly accessible as foo here
\fBlink\fR {bar Foo}
# The method foo is now directly accessible as bar
\fBlink\fR {::ExternalCall Foo}
# The method foo is now directly accessible in the global
# namespace as ExternalCall
}
method grill {} {
puts "Step 1:"
Foo
puts "Step 2:"
bar
}
}
ABC create abc
abc grill
\fI\(-> Step 1:\fR
\fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
\fI\(-> Step 2:\fR
\fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
# Direct access via the linked command
puts "Step 3:"; ExternalCall
\fI\(-> Step 3:\fR
\fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows that multiple linked commands can be made in a call to
\fBlink\fR, and that they can handle arguments.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Ex {
constructor {} {
\fBlink\fR a b c
# The methods a, b, and c (defined below) are all now
# directly acessible within methods under their own names.
}
method a {} {
puts "This is a"
}
method b {x} {
puts "This is b($x)"
}
method c {y z} {
puts "This is c($y,$z)"
}
method call {p q r} {
a
b $p
c $q $r
}
}
set o [Ex new]
$o 3 5 7
\fI\(-> This is a\fR
\fI\(-> This is b(3)\fR
\fI\(-> This is c(5,7)\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
interp(n), my(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, method, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -53,3 +53,7 @@ list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, length
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -76,3 +76,7 @@ lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, range, sublist
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4 -1
View File
@@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ is identical to \fBlist element ...\fR.
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+30 -10
View File
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ lreplace \- Replace elements in a list with new elements
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlreplace\fR returns a new list formed by replacing one or more elements of
\fBlreplace\fR returns a new list formed by replacing zero or more elements of
\fIlist\fR with the \fIelement\fR arguments.
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are index values specifying the first and
last elements of the range to replace.
@@ -27,23 +27,26 @@ supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
end of the list.
0 refers to the first element of the
list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.
If \fIlist\fR is empty, then \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
.PP
If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is considered to refer to before the
first element of the list. For non-empty lists, the element indicated
by \fIfirst\fR must exist or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the
start of the list.
If either \fIfirst\fR or \fIlast\fR is less than zero, it is considered
to refer to before the first element of the list. This allows \fBlreplace\fR
to prepend elements to \fIlist\fR.
.VS TIP505
If either \fIfirst\fR or \fIlast\fR indicates a position greater than the
index of the last element of the list, it is treated as if it is an
index one greater than the last element. This allows \fBlreplace\fR to
append elements to \fIlist\fR.
.VE TIP505
.PP
If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements
will be inserted into the list before the point specified by \fIfirst\fR
will be inserted into the list before the element specified by \fIfirst\fR
with no elements being deleted.
.PP
The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new elements to
be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.
Each \fIelement\fR argument will become a separate element of
the list. If no \fIelement\fR arguments are specified, then the elements
between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are simply deleted. If \fIlist\fR
is empty, any \fIelement\fR arguments are added to the end of the list.
between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are simply deleted.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Replacing an element of a list with another:
@@ -78,9 +81,26 @@ proc lremove {listVariable value} {
set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var $idx $idx]
}
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP505
Appending elements to the list; note that \fBend+2\fR will initially
be treated as if it is \fB6\fR here, but both that and \fB12345\fR are greater
than the index of the final item so they behave identically:
.PP
.CS
% set var {a b c d e}
a b c d e
% set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var 12345 end+2 f g h i]
a b c d e f g h i
.CE
.VE TIP505
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, replace
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+4 -1
View File
@@ -106,7 +106,10 @@ of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace. In addition, an
obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
extensions that are written in C. The latter interface is not recommended
for new implementations.
.SS "DETAILED DEFINITIONS"
.TP
\fBabs \fIarg\fR
+84 -9
View File
@@ -9,25 +9,45 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
my \- invoke any method of current object
my, myclass \- invoke any method of current object or its class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO
\fBmy\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
\fBmyclass\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke any method
of the object (or its class). In particular, the set of valid values for
The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke methods
of the object (or its class),
.VS TIP478
and he \fBmyclass\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke
methods of the current class of the object \fIas an object\fR.
.VE TIP478
In particular, the set of valid values for
\fImethodName\fR is the set of all methods supported by an object and its
superclasses, including those that are not exported. The object upon which the
method is invoked is always the one that is the current context of the method
(i.e. the object that is returned by \fBself object\fR) from which the
\fBmy\fR command is invoked.
superclasses, including those that are not exported
.VS TIP500
and private methods of the object or class when used within another method
defined by that object or class.
.VE TIP500
.PP
Each object has its own \fBmy\fR command, contained in its instance namespace.
The object upon which the method is invoked via \fBmy\fR is the one that owns
the namespace that the \fBmy\fR command is contained in initially (\fBNB:\fR the link
remains if the command is renamed), which is the currently invoked object by
default.
.VS TIP478
Similarly, the object on which the method is invoked via \fBmyclass\fR is the
object that is the current class of the object that owns the namespace that
the \fBmyclass\fR command is contained in initially. As with \fBmy\fR, the
link remains even if the command is renamed into another namespace, and
defaults to being the manufacturing class of the current object.
.VE TIP478
.PP
Each object has its own \fBmy\fR and \fBmyclass\fR commands, contained in its
instance namespace.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows basic use of \fBmy\fR to use the \fBvariables\fR method of
@@ -40,16 +60,71 @@ oo::class create c {
puts [incr counter]
}
}
c create o
o count \fI\(-> prints "1"\fR
o count \fI\(-> prints "2"\fR
o count \fI\(-> prints "3"\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows how you can use \fBmy\fR to make callbacks to private
methods from outside the object (from a \fBtrace\fR), using
\fBnamespace code\fR to enter the correct context. (See the \fBcallback\fR
command for the recommended way of doing this.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create HasCallback {
method makeCallback {} {
return [namespace code {
\fBmy\fR Callback
}]
}
method Callback {args} {
puts "callback: $args"
}
}
set o [HasCallback new]
trace add variable xyz write [$o makeCallback]
set xyz "called" \fI\(-> prints "callback: xyz {} write"\fR
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP478
This example shows how to access a private method of a class from an instance
of that class. (See the \fBclassmethod\fR declaration in \fBoo::define\fR for
a higher level interface for doing this.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create CountedSteps {
self {
variable count
method Count {} {
return [incr count]
}
}
method advanceTwice {} {
puts "in [self] step A: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
puts "in [self] step B: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
}
}
CountedSteps create x
CountedSteps create y
x advanceTwice \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 1"\fR
\fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 2"\fR
y advanceTwice \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 3"\fR
\fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 4"\fR
x advanceTwice \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 5"\fR
\fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 6"\fR
y advanceTwice \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 7"\fR
\fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 8"\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::object(n), self(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
method, method visibility, object, private method, public method
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
+5
View File
@@ -112,6 +112,7 @@ oo::class create theSuperclass {
puts "in the superclass, args = $args"
}
}
oo::class create theSubclass {
superclass theSuperclass
method example {args} {
@@ -121,6 +122,7 @@ oo::class create theSubclass {
puts "after chaining from subclass"
}
}
theSubclass create obj
oo::objdefine obj method example args {
puts "per-object method, args = $args"
@@ -167,6 +169,7 @@ oo::class create cache {
\fI# Compute value, insert into cache, and return it\fR
return [set ValueCache($key) [\fBnext\fR {*}$args]]
}
method flushCache {} {
my variable ValueCache
unset ValueCache
@@ -178,10 +181,12 @@ oo::class create cache {
oo::object create demo
oo::objdefine demo {
mixin cache
method compute {a b c} {
after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
return [expr {$a + $b * $c}]
}
method compute2 {a b c} {
after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
return [expr {$a * $b + $c}]
+4
View File
@@ -48,3 +48,7 @@ At least one \fB\-load\fR or \fB\-source\fR parameter must be given.
package(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
auto-load, index, package, version
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4 -1
View File
@@ -43,6 +43,9 @@ close $pipeline
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n), open(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
file, pipeline, process identifier
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+1 -1
View File
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
platform \- System identification support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require platform ?1.0.10?\fR
\fBpackage require platform\fR ?\fB1.0.10\fR?
.sp
\fBplatform::generic\fR
\fBplatform::identify\fR
+5 -1
View File
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
platform::shell \- System identification support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require platform::shell ?1.1.4?\fR
\fBpackage require platform::shell\fR ?\fB1.1.4\fR?
.sp
\fBplatform::shell::generic \fIshell\fR
\fBplatform::shell::identify \fIshell\fR
@@ -55,3 +55,7 @@ This command returns the contents of \fBtcl_platform(platform)\fR for
the specified Tcl shell.
.SH KEYWORDS
operating system, cpu architecture, platform, architecture
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+6 -6
View File
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
tcl::prefix \- facilities for prefix matching
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR \fI?option ...?\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable string\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable string\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR ?\fIoption ...\fR? \fItable string\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ tcl::prefix \- facilities for prefix matching
This document describes commands looking up a prefix in a list of strings.
The following commands are supported:
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable string\fR
.
Returns a list of all elements in \fItable\fR that begin with the prefix
\fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable string\fR
.
Returns the longest common prefix of all elements in \fItable\fR that
begin with the prefix \fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? \fItable string\fR
.
If \fIstring\fR equals one element in \fItable\fR or is a prefix to exactly
one element, the matched element is returned. If not, the result depends
+150
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Frederic Bonnet.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH process n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcl::process \- Subprocess management
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB::tcl::process \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides a way to manage subprocesses created by the \fBopen\fR
and \fBexec\fR commands, as identified by the process identifiers (PIDs) of
those subprocesses. The legal \fIoptions\fR (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR ?\fIflag\fR?
.
Automatic purge facility. If \fIflag\fR is specified as a boolean value then
it activates or deactivate autopurge. In all cases it returns the current
status as a boolean value. When autopurge is active,
\fBTcl_ReapDetachedProcs\fR is called each time the \fBexec\fR command is
executed or a pipe channel created by \fBopen\fR is closed. When autopurge is
inactive, \fB::tcl::process\fR purge must be called explicitly. By default
autopurge is active.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
.
Returns the list of subprocess PIDs. This includes all currently executing
subprocesses and all terminated subprocesses that have not yet had their
corresponding process table entries purged.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process purge\fR ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Cleans up all data associated with terminated subprocesses. If \fIpids\fR is
specified as a list of PIDs then the command only cleanup data for the matching
subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error otherwise. If a process listed is
still active, this command does nothing to that process.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process status\fR ?\fIswitches\fR? ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Returns a dictionary mapping subprocess PIDs to their respective status. If
\fIpids\fR is specified as a list of PIDs then the command only returns the
status of the matching subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error
otherwise. For active processes, the status is an empty value. For terminated
processes, the status is a list with the following format:
.QW "\fB{\fIcode\fR ?\fImsg errorCode\fR?\fB}\fR" ,
where:
.RS
.TP
\fIcode\fR\0
.
is a standard Tcl return code, i.e., \fB0\fR for TCL_OK and \fB1\fR
for TCL_ERROR,
.TP
\fImsg\fR\0
.
is the human-readable error message,
.TP
\fIerrorCode\fR\0
.
uses the same format as the \fBerrorCode\fR global variable
.PP
Note that \fBmsg\fR and \fBerrorCode\fR are only present for abnormally
terminated processes (i.e. those where the \fIcode\fR is nonzero). Under the
hood this command calls \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set for
non-blocking behavior, unless the \fB\-wait\fR switch is set (see below).
.PP
Additionally, \fB::tcl::process status\fR accepts the following switches:
.TP
\fB\-wait\fR\0
.
By default the command returns immediately (the underlying \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR is
called with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set) unless this switch is set. If \fIpids\fR
is specified as a list of PIDs then the command waits until the status of the
matching subprocesses are available. If \fIpids\fR was not specified, this
command will wait for all known subprocesses.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
.
Marks the end of switches. The argument following this one will
be treated as the first \fIarg\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
.RE
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
These show the use of \fB::tcl::process\fR. Some of the results from
\fB::tcl::process status\fR are split over multiple lines for readability.
.PP
.CS
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR
\fI\(-> true\fR
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR false
\fI\(-> false\fR
set pid1 [exec command1 a b c | command2 d e f &]
\fI\(-> 123 456\fR
set chan [open "|command1 a b c | command2 d e f"]
\fI\(-> file123\fR
set pid2 [pid $chan]
\fI\(-> 789 1011\fR
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
\fI\(-> 123 456 789 1011\fR
\fB::tcl::process status\fR
\fI\(-> 123 0
456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {
CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}}
789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {
CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}}
1011 {}\fR
\fB::tcl::process status\fR 123
\fI\(-> 123 0\fR
\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
\fI\(-> 1011 {}\fR
\fB::tcl::process status\fR -wait
\fI\(-> 123 0
456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {
CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}}
789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {
CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}}
1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {
CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR
\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
\fI\(-> 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {
CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR
\fB::tcl::process purge\fR
exec command1 1 2 3 &
\fI\(-> 1213\fR
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
\fI\(-> 1213\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n), open(n), pid(n),
Tcl_DetachPids(3), Tcl_WaitPid(3), Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs(3)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
background, child, detach, process, wait
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -96,3 +96,7 @@ close $chan
file(n), fileevent(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
channel, newline, output, write
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -37,3 +37,7 @@ cd $savedDir
file(n), cd(n), glob(n), filename(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
working directory
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -43,3 +43,7 @@ proc ::source args {
namespace(n), proc(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, delete, namespace, rename
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4 -2
View File
@@ -224,10 +224,12 @@ set string "#08D03F"
\fBscan\fR $string "#%2x%2x%2x" r g b
.CE
.PP
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string:
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string, noting that this avoids problems with
octal numbers by forcing interpretation as decimals (if we did not
care, we would use the \fB%i\fR conversion instead):
.PP
.CS
set string "08:08"
set string "08:08" ;# *Not* octal!
if {[\fBscan\fR $string "%d:%d" hours minutes] != 2} {
error "not a valid time string"
}
+6 -1
View File
@@ -32,7 +32,12 @@ implement the current call chain. The first element is the same as would be
reported by \fBinfo object\fR \fBcall\fR for the current method (except that this
also reports useful values from within constructors and destructors, whose
names are reported as \fB<constructor>\fR and \fB<destructor>\fR
respectively), and the second element is an index into the first element's
respectively,
.VS TIP500
and for private methods, which are described as being \fBprivate\fR instead of
being a \fBmethod\fR),
.VE TIP500
and the second element is an index into the first element's
list that indicates which actual implementation is currently executing (the
first implementation to execute is always at index 0).
.TP
+4
View File
@@ -73,3 +73,7 @@ practice instead of doing double-dereferencing):
expr(n), global(n), namespace(n), proc(n), trace(n), unset(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
read, write, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH singleton n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
oo::singleton \- a class that does only allows one instance of itself
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO
\fBoo::singleton\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
.nf
\fBoo::object\fR
\(-> \fBoo::class\fR
\(-> \fBoo::singleton\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Singleton classes are classes that only permit at most one instance of
themselves to exist. They unexport the \fBcreate\fR and
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR methods entirely, and override the \fBnew\fR method
so that it only makes a new instance if there is no existing instance. It is
not recommended to inherit from a singleton class; singleton-ness is \fInot\fR
inherited. It is not recommended that a singleton class's constructor take any
arguments.
.PP
Instances have their\fB destroy\fR method overridden with a method that always
returns an error in order to discourage destruction of the object, but
destruction remains possible if strictly necessary (e.g., by destroying the
class or using \fBrename\fR to delete it). They also have a (non-exported)
\fB<cloned>\fR method defined on them that similarly always returns errors to
make attempts to use the singleton instance with \fBoo::copy\fR fail.
.SS CONSTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
\fBoo::class\fR class.
.SS DESTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
will destroy the singleton object).
.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
.TP
\fIcls \fBnew \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This returns the current instance of the singleton class, if one exists, and
creates a new instance only if there is no existing instance. The additional
arguments, \fIarg ...\fR, are only used if a new instance is actually
manufactured; that construction is via the \fBoo::class\fR class's \fBnew\fR
method.
.RS
.PP
This is an override of the behaviour of a superclass's method with an
identical call signature to the superclass's implementation.
.RE
.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR and
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR are unexported; callers should not assume that they
have control over either the name or the namespace name of the singleton instance.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example demonstrates that there is only one instance even though the
\fBnew\fR method is called three times.
.PP
.CS
\fBoo::singleton\fR create Highlander {
method say {} {
puts "there can be only one"
}
}
set h1 [Highlander new]
set h2 [Highlander new]
if {$h1 eq $h2} {
puts "equal objects" \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
}
set h3 [Highlander new]
if {$h1 eq $h3} {
puts "equal objects" \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
}
.CE
.PP
Note that the name of the instance of the singleton is not guaranteed to be
anything in particular.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
oo::class(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, metaclass, object, single instance
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -69,3 +69,7 @@ foreach scriptFile {foo.tcl bar.tcl} {
file(n), cd(n), encoding(n), info(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
file, script
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+1 -1
View File
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.SH NAME
string \- Manipulate strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBstring \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...?\fR
\fBstring \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
+9
View File
@@ -143,6 +143,15 @@ incomplete commands.
.SH "STANDARD CHANNELS"
.PP
See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for more explanations.
.SH ZIPVFS
.PP
When a zipfile is concatenated to the end of a \fBtclsh\fR, on
startup the contents of the zip archive will be mounted as the
virtual file system /zvfs. If a top level directory tcl8.6 is
present in the zip archive, it will become the directory loaded
as env(TCL_LIBRARY). If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is present
in the top level directory of the zip archive, it will be sourced
instead of the shell's normal command line handing.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
auto_path(n), encoding(n), env(n), fconfigure(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+12 -2
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "tcltest" n 2.3 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.TH "tcltest" n 2.5 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
tcltest \- Test harness support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require tcltest\fR ?\fB2.3\fR?
\fBpackage require tcltest\fR ?\fB2.5\fR?
\fBtcltest::test \fIname description\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR?
\fBtcltest::test \fIname description\fR ?\fIconstraints\fR? \fIbody result\fR
@@ -454,6 +454,7 @@ The valid options for \fBtest\fR are summarized:
?\fB\-output \fIexpectedOutput\fR?
?\fB\-errorOutput \fIexpectedError\fR?
?\fB\-returnCodes \fIcodeList\fR?
?\fB\-errorCode \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR?
?\fB\-match \fImode\fR?
.CE
.PP
@@ -577,6 +578,15 @@ return codes known to \fBreturn\fR, in both numeric and symbolic
form, including extended return codes, are acceptable elements in
the \fIexpectedCodeList\fR. Default value is
.QW "\fBok return\fR" .
.TP
\fB\-errorCode \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR
.
The optional \fB\-errorCode\fR attribute supplies \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR,
a glob pattern that should match the error code reported from evaluation of the
\fB\-body\fR script. If evaluation of the \fB\-body\fR script returns
a code not matching \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR, the test fails. Default value is
.QW "\fB*\fR" .
If \fB\-returnCodes\fR does not include \fBerror\fR it is set to \fBerror\fR.
.PP
To pass, a test must successfully evaluate its \fB\-setup\fR, \fB\-body\fR,
and \fB\-cleanup\fR scripts. The return code of the \fB\-body\fR script and
+65 -1
View File
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -356,6 +356,70 @@ This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
.RE
.TP
\fBtcl_precision\fR
.
This variable controls the number of digits to generate
when converting floating-point values to strings. It defaults
to 0. \fIApplications should not change this value;\fR it is
provided for compatibility with legacy code.
.PP
.RS
The default value of 0 is special, meaning that Tcl should
convert numbers using as few digits as possible while still
distinguishing any floating point number from its nearest
neighbours. It differs from using an arbitrarily high value
for \fItcl_precision\fR in that an inexact number like \fI1.4\fR
will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
binary number.
.RE
.PP
.RS
If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most
\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
number is chosen.
If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least
significant digit is chosen; for instance, if \fBtcl_precision\fR is 3, then
0.3125 will convert to 0.312, not 0.313, while 0.6875 will convert to
0.688, not 0.687. Any string of trailing zeroes that remains is trimmed.
.RE
.PP
.RS
a \fBtcl_precision\fR value of 17 digits is
.QW perfect
for IEEE floating-point in that it allows
double-precision values to be converted to strings and back to
binary with no loss of information. For this reason, you will often
see it as a value in legacy code that must run on Tcl versions before
8.5. It is no longer recommended; as noted above, a zero value is the
preferred method.
.RE
.PP
.RS
All interpreters in a thread share a single \fBtcl_precision\fR value:
changing it in one interpreter will affect all other interpreters as
well. Safe interpreters are not allowed to modify the
variable.
.RE
.PP
.RS
Valid values for \fBtcl_precision\fR range from 0 to 17.
.RE
.TP
\fBtcl_rcFileName\fR
.
This variable is used during initialization to indicate the name of a
user-specific startup file. If it is set by application-specific
initialization, then the Tcl startup code will check for the existence
of this file and \fBsource\fR it if it exists. For example, for \fBwish\fR
the variable is set to \fB~/.wishrc\fR for Unix and \fB~/wishrc.tcl\fR
for Windows.
.TP
\fBtcl_traceCompile\fR
.
The value of this variable can be set to control
+4
View File
@@ -46,3 +46,7 @@ if {[read $chan 6] eq "foobar"} {
file(n), open(n), close(n), gets(n), seek(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
access position, channel, seeking
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+2 -1
View File
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ trace \- Monitor variable accesses, command usages and command executions
This command causes Tcl commands to be executed whenever certain operations are
invoked. The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBtrace add \fItype name ops ?args?\fR
\fBtrace add \fItype name ops\fR ?\fIargs\fR?
.
Where \fItype\fR is \fBcommand\fR, \fBexecution\fR, or \fBvariable\fR.
.RS
.TP
+4
View File
@@ -89,3 +89,7 @@ proc \fBunknown\fR args {
info(n), proc(n), interp(n), library(n), namespace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
error, non-existent command, unknown
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+4
View File
@@ -63,3 +63,7 @@ while {!$done} {
after(n), interp(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
asynchronous I/O, event, flush, handler, idle, update
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+2 -2
View File
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ the result of that evaluation.
If \fIlevel\fR is an integer then
it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
executing the command. If \fIlevel\fR consists of \fB#\fR followed by
a number then the number gives an absolute level number. If \fIlevel\fR
a integer then the level gives an absolute level. If \fIlevel\fR
is omitted then it defaults to \fB1\fR. \fILevel\fR cannot be
defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument starts with a digit or \fB#\fR.
defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument is an integer or starts with \fB#\fR.
.PP
For example, suppose that procedure \fBa\fR was invoked
from top-level, and that it called \fBb\fR, and that \fBb\fR called \fBc\fR.
+4
View File
@@ -63,3 +63,7 @@ set lineCount 0
break(n), continue(n), for(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
boolean, loop, test, while
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+118
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <jan.nijtmans@gmail.com>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <chw@ch-werner.de>
'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Woods <yoda@etoyoc.com>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tclzipfs 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
TclZipfs_AppHook, Tclzipfs_Mount, TclZipfs_MountBuffer, Tclzipfs_Unmount \- handle ZIP files as Tcl virtual filesystems
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
int
\fBTclZipfs_AppHook(\fIargcPtr, argvPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR(\fIinterp, mountpoint, zipname, password\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclZipfs_MountBuffer\fR(\fIinterp, mountpoint, data, dataLen, copy\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclzipfs_Unmount\fR(\fIinterp, mountpoint\fR)
.fi
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *mountpoint in
.AP "int" *argcPtr in
Pointer to a variable holding the number of command line arguments from
\fBmain\fR().
.AP "char" ***argvPtr in
Pointer to an array of strings containing the command line arguments to
\fBmain\fR().
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which the ZIP file system is mounted. The interpreter's result is
modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
.AP "const char" *zipname in
Name of a ZIP file. Must not be NULL when either mounting or unmounting a ZIP.
.AP "const char" *mountpoint in
Name of a mount point, which must be a legal Tcl file or directory name. May
be NULL to query current mount points.
.AP "const char" *password in
An (optional) password. Use NULL if no password is wanted to read the file.
.AP "unsigned char" *data in
A data buffer to mount. The data buffer must hold the contents of a ZIP
archive, and must not be NULL.
.AP size_t dataLen in
The number of bytes in the supplied data buffer argument, \fIdata\fR.
.AP int copy in
If non-zero, the ZIP archive in the data buffer will be internally copied
before mounting, allowing the data buffer to be disposed once
\fBTclZipfs_MountBuffer\fR returns. If zero, the caller guarantees that the
buffer will be valid to read from for the duration of the mount.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR is a utility function to perform standard application
initialization procedures, taking into account available ZIP archives as
follows:
.IP [1]
If the current application has a mountable ZIP archive, that archive is
mounted under \fIZIPFS_VOLUME\fB/app\fR as a read-only Tcl virtual file
system. \fIZIPFS_VOLUME\fR is usually \fB//zipfs:\fR on all platforms, but
\fBzipfs:\fR may also be used on Windows (due to differences in the
platform's filename parsing).
.IP [2]
If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is located in the root directory of that file
system (i.e., at \fIZIPROOT\fB/app/main.tcl\fR after the ZIP archive is
mounted as described above) it is treated as the startup script for the
process.
.IP [3]
If the file \fIZIPROOT\fB/app/tcl_library/init.tcl\fR is present, the
\fBtcl_library\fR global variable in the initial Tcl interpreter is set to
\fIZIPROOT\fB/app/tcl_library\fR.
.IP [4]
If the directory \fBtcl_library\fR was not found in the main application
mount, the system will then search for it as either a VFS attached to the
application dynamic library, or as a zip archive named
\fBlibtcl_\fImajor\fB_\fIminor\fB_\fIpatchlevel\fB.zip\fR either in the
present working directory or in the standard Tcl install location. (For
example, the Tcl 8.7.2 release would be searched for in a file
\fBlibtcl_8_7_2.zip\fR.) That archive, if located, is also mounted read-only.
.PP
On Windows, \fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR has a slightly different signature, since
it uses WCHAR in stead of char. As a result, it requires your application to
be compiled with the UNICODE preprocessor symbol defined (e.g., via the
\fB-DUNICODE\fR compiler flag).
.PP
The result of \fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR is a Tcl result code (e.g., \fBTCL_OK\fR
when the function is successful). The function \fImay\fR modify the variables
pointed to by \fIargcPtr\fR and \fIargvPtr\fR to remove arguments; the
current implementation does not do so, but callers \fIshould not\fR assume
that this will be true in the future.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR mounts the ZIP archive \fIzipname\fR on the mount point
given in \fImountpoint\fR using the optional ZIP password \fIpassword\fR.
Errors during that process are reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR. If
\fImountpoint\fR is a NULL pointer, information on all currently mounted ZIP
file systems is written into \fIinterp\fR's result as a sequence of mount
points and ZIP file names. The result of this call is a standard Tcl result
code.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_MountBuffer\fR mounts the ZIP archive in the buffer pointed to by
\fIdata\fR on the mount point given in \fImountpoint\fR. The ZIP archive is
assumed to be not password protected. Errors during that process are reported
in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR. The \fIcopy\fR argument determines whether
the buffer is internally copied before mounting or not. The result of this
call is a standard Tcl result code.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_Unmount\fR undoes the effect of \fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR, i.e., it
unmounts the mounted ZIP file system that was mounted from \fIzipname\fR (at
\fImountpoint\fR). Errors are reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR. The
result of this call is a standard Tcl result code.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
zipfs(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
compress, filesystem, zip
+255
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <jan.nijtmans@gmail.com>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <chw@ch-werner.de>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Sean Woods <yoda@etoyoc.com>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH zipfs n 1.0 Zipfs "zipfs Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
zipfs \- Mount and work with ZIP files within Tcl
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require zipfs \fR?\fB1.0\fR?
.sp
\fBzipfs canonical\fR ?\fImntpnt\fR? \fIfilename\fR ?\fIZIPFS\fR?
\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdirectoryName\fR
\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfilename\fR
\fBzipfs list\fR ?(\fB\-glob\fR|\fB\-regexp\fR)? ?\fIpattern\fR?
\fBzipfs lmkimg\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword infile\fR?
\fBzipfs lmkzip\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword\fR?
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR? ?\fIinfile\fR?
\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
\fBzipfs mount\fR ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIzipfile\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
\fBzipfs root\fR
\fBzipfs unmount\fR \fImountpoint\fR
.fi
'\" The following subcommand is *UNDOCUMENTED*
'\" \fBzipfs mount_data\fR ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIdata\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBzipfs\fR command (the sole public command provided by the built-in
package with the same name) provides Tcl with the ability to mount the
contents of a ZIP archive file as a virtual file system. ZIP archives support
simple encryption, sufficient to prevent casual inspection of their contents
but not able to prevent access by even a moderately determined attacker.
.TP
\fBzipfs canonical\fR ?\fImountpoint\fR? \fIfilename\fR ?\fIinZipfs\fR?
.
This takes the name of a file, \fIfilename\fR, and produces where it would be
mapped into a zipfs mount as its result. If specified, \fImountpoint\fR says
within which mount the mapping will be done; if omitted, the main root of the
zipfs system is used. The \fIinZipfs\fR argument is a an optional boolean
which controls whether to fully canonicalise the name; it defaults to true.
.TP
\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
.
Return 1 if the given filename exists in the mounted zipfs and 0 if it does not.
.TP
\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdirectoryName\fR
.
Recursively lists files including and below the directory \fIdirectoryName\fR.
The result list consists of relative path names starting from the given
directory. This command is also used by the \fBzipfs mkzip\fR and \fBzipfs
mkimg\fR commands.
.TP
\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfile\fR
.
Return information about the given \fIfile\fR in the mounted zipfs. The
information consists of:
.RS
.IP (1)
the name of the ZIP archive file that contains the file,
.IP (2)
the size of the file after decompressions,
.IP (3)
the compressed size of the file, and
.IP (4)
the offset of the compressed data in the ZIP archive file.
.PP
Note: querying the mount point gives the start of the zip data as the offset
in (4), which can be used to truncate the zip information from an executable.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs list\fR ?(\fB\-glob\fR|\fB\-regexp\fR)? ?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Return a list of all files in the mounted zipfs, or just those matching
\fIpattern\fR (optionally controlled by the option parameters). The order of
the names in the list is arbitrary.
.TP
\fBzipfs mount ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIzipfile\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
The \fBzipfs mount\fR command mounts a ZIP archive file as a Tcl virtual
filesystem at \fImountpoint\fR. After this command executes, files contained
in \fIzipfile\fR will appear to Tcl to be regular files at the mount point.
.RS
.PP
With no \fIzipfile\fR, returns the zipfile mounted at \fImountpoint\fR. With
no \fImountpoint\fR, return all zipfile/mount pairs. If \fImountpoint\fR is
specified as an empty string, mount on file path.
.PP
\fBNB:\fR because the current working directory is a concept maintained by the
operating system, using \fBcd\fR into a mounted archive will only work in the
current process, and then not entirely consistently (e.g., if a shared library
uses direct access to the OS rather than through Tcl's filesystem API, it will
not see the current directory as being inside the mount and will not be able
to access the files inside the mount).
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs root\fR
.
Returns a constant string which indicates the mount point for zipfs volumes
for the current platform. On Windows, this value is
.QW \fBzipfs:/\fR .
On Unix, this value is
.QW \fB//zipfs:/\fR .
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs unmount \fImountpoint\fR
.
Unmounts a previously mounted ZIP archive mounted to \fImountpoint\fR.
.SS "ZIP CREATION COMMANDS"
This package also provides several commands to aid the creation of ZIP
archives as Tcl applications.
.TP
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
Creates a ZIP archive file named \fIoutfile\fR from the contents of the input
directory \fIindir\fR (contained regular files only) with optional ZIP
password \fIpassword\fR. While processing the files below \fIindir\fR the
optional file name prefix given in \fIstrip\fR is stripped off the beginning
of the respective file name. When stripping, it is common to remove either
the whole source directory name or the name of its parent directory.
.RS
.PP
\fBCaution:\fR the choice of the \fIindir\fR parameter (less the optional
stripped prefix) determines the later root name of the archive's content.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR? ?\fIinfile\fR?
.
Creates an image (potentially a new executable file) similar to \fBzipfs
mkzip\fR; see that command for a description of most parameters to this
command, as they behave identically here.
.RS
.PP
If the \fIinfile\fR parameter is specified, this file is prepended in front of
the ZIP archive, otherwise the file returned by \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR
(i.e., the executable file of the running process) is used. If the
\fIpassword\fR parameter is not empty, an obfuscated version of that password
(see \fBzipfs mkkey\fR) is placed between the image and ZIP chunks of the
output file and the contents of the ZIP chunk are protected with that
password.
.PP
If there is a file, \fBmain.tcl\fR, in the root directory of the resulting
archive and the image file that the archive is attached to is a \fBtclsh\fR
(or \fBwish\fR) instance (true by default, but depends on your configuration),
then the resulting image is an executable that will \fBsource\fR the script in
that \fBmain.tcl\fR after mounting the ZIP archive, and will \fBexit\fR once
that script has been executed.
.PP
\fBCaution:\fR highly experimental, not usable on Android, only partially
tested on Linux and Windows.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
.
Given the clear text \fIpassword\fR argument, an obfuscated string version is
returned with the same format used in the \fBzipfs mkimg\fR command.
.TP
\fBzipfs lmkimg\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword infile\fR?
.
This command is like \fBzipfs mkimg\fR, but instead of an input directory,
\fIinlist\fR must be a Tcl list where the odd elements are the names of files
to be copied into the archive in the image, and the even elements are their
respective names within that archive.
.TP
\fBzipfs lmkzip\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
This command is like \fBzipfs mkzip\fR, but instead of an input directory,
\fIinlist\fR must be a Tcl list where the odd elements are the names of files
to be copied into the archive, and the even elements are their respective
names within that archive.
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
Mounting an ZIP archive as an application directory and running code out of it
before unmounting it again:
.PP
.CS
set zip myApp.zip
set base [file join [\fbzipfs root\fR] myApp]
\fBzipfs mount\fR $base $zip
# $base now has the contents of myApp.zip
source [file join $base app.tcl]
# use the contents, load libraries from it, etc...
\fBzipfs unmount\fR $zip
.CE
.PP
Creating a ZIP archive, given that a directory exists containing the content
to put in the archive. Note that the source directory is given twice, in order
to strip the exterior directory name from each filename in the archive.
.PP
.CS
set sourceDirectory [file normalize myApp]
set targetZip myApp.zip
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR $targetZip $sourceDirectory $sourceDirectory
.CE
.PP
Encryption can be applied to ZIP archives by providing a password when
building the ZIP and when mounting it.
.PP
.CS
set zip myApp.zip
set sourceDir [file normalize myApp]
set password "hunter2"
set base [file join [\fbzipfs root\fR] myApp]
# Create with password
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR $targetZip $sourceDir $sourceDir $password
# Mount with password
\fBzipfs mount\fR $base $zip $password
.CE
.PP
When creating an executable image with a password, the password is placed
within the executable in a shrouded form so that the application can read
files inside the embedded ZIP archive yet casual inspection cannot read it.
.PP
.CS
set appDir [file normalize myApp]
set img "myApp.bin"
set password "hunter2"
# Create some simple content to define a basic application
file mkdir $appDir
set f [open $appDir/main.tcl]
puts $f {
puts "Hi. This is [info script]"
}
close $f
# Create the executable
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR $img $appDir $appDir $password
# Launch the executable, printing its output to stdout
exec $img >@stdout
# prints: \fIHi. This is //zipfs:/app/main.tcl\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tclsh(1), file(n), zipfs(3), zlib(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
compress, filesystem, zip
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
+129 -134
View File
@@ -104,10 +104,9 @@ declare 20 {
declare 21 {
int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 22 {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
#}
declare 22 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 23 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
const char *file, int line)
@@ -120,10 +119,9 @@ declare 25 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 26 {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
#}
declare 26 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 27 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
@@ -154,7 +152,7 @@ declare 35 {
int Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
double *doublePtr)
}
declare 36 {
declare 36 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
}
@@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ declare 39 {
int Tcl_GetLongFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *longPtr)
}
declare 40 {
const Tcl_ObjType *Tcl_GetObjType(const char *typeName)
CONST86 Tcl_ObjType *Tcl_GetObjType(const char *typeName)
}
declare 41 {
char *Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr)
@@ -200,37 +198,33 @@ declare 48 {
int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 49 {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
#}
declare 49 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
}
declare 50 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 52 {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
#}
declare 52 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
}
declare 53 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 54 {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
#}
declare 54 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
}
declare 55 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 57 {
# void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
#}
declare 57 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
}
declare 58 {
unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
@@ -241,27 +235,25 @@ declare 59 {
declare 60 {
void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 61 {
# void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
#}
declare 61 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
}
declare 62 {
void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 63 {
# void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
#}
declare 63 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
}
declare 64 {
void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 66 {
declare 66 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
void Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message)
}
declare 67 {
declare 67 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
void Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message,
int length)
}
@@ -293,10 +285,9 @@ declare 75 {
declare 76 {
void Tcl_BackgroundError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 77 {deprecated {Use Tcl_UtfBackslash}} {
# char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
#}
declare 77 {deprecated {Use Tcl_UtfBackslash}} {
char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
}
declare 78 {
int Tcl_BadChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
const char *optionList)
@@ -361,12 +352,11 @@ declare 93 {
declare 94 {
Tcl_Interp *Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 95 {deprecated {}} {
# void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
# int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
# Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
#}
declare 95 {deprecated {}} {
void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 96 {
Tcl_Command Tcl_CreateObjCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *cmdName,
@@ -482,10 +472,9 @@ declare 129 {
declare 130 {
int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
}
# Removed in 9.0, replaced by macro.
#declare 131 {
# int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
#}
declare 131 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 132 {
void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
@@ -524,7 +513,7 @@ declare 142 {
declare 143 {
void Tcl_Finalize(void)
}
declare 144 {
declare 144 {nostub {Don't use this function in a stub-enabled extension}} {
void Tcl_FindExecutable(const char *argv0)
}
declare 145 {
@@ -576,7 +565,7 @@ declare 157 {
const char *optionName, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 158 {
const Tcl_ChannelType *Tcl_GetChannelType(Tcl_Channel chan)
CONST86 Tcl_ChannelType *Tcl_GetChannelType(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 159 {
int Tcl_GetCommandInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
@@ -635,7 +624,7 @@ declare 173 {
declare 174 {
const char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 175 {
declare 175 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
const char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
int flags)
}
@@ -646,10 +635,9 @@ declare 176 {
declare 177 {
int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
}
# Removed in 9.0, replaced by macro.
#declare 178 {
# int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
#}
declare 178 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 179 {
int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
const char *hiddenCmdToken)
@@ -791,10 +779,9 @@ declare 218 {
declare 219 {
int Tcl_ScanCountedElement(const char *src, int length, int *flagPtr)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 220 {
# int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
#}
declare 220 {deprecated {}} {
int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
}
declare 221 {
int Tcl_ServiceAll(void)
}
@@ -825,7 +812,7 @@ declare 228 {
declare 229 {
void Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(const Tcl_Time *timePtr)
}
declare 230 {
declare 230 {nostub {Don't use this function in a stub-enabled extension}} {
void Tcl_SetPanicProc(TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc)
}
declare 231 {
@@ -847,7 +834,7 @@ declare 235 {
declare 236 {
void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
}
declare 237 {
declare 237 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
const char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
const char *newValue, int flags)
}
@@ -872,18 +859,17 @@ declare 242 {
declare 243 {
void Tcl_SplitPath(const char *path, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr)
}
declare 244 {
declare 244 {nostub {Don't use this function in a stub-enabled extension}} {
void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}
declare 245 {
int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 246 {
# int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
#}
declare 247 {
declare 246 {deprecated {}} {
int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 247 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
@@ -904,14 +890,14 @@ declare 251 {
declare 252 {
int Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 253 {
declare 253 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags)
}
declare 254 {
int Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
int flags)
}
declare 255 {
declare 255 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
void Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
@@ -923,7 +909,7 @@ declare 256 {
declare 257 {
void Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 258 {
declare 258 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags)
}
@@ -934,7 +920,7 @@ declare 259 {
declare 260 {
int Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...)
}
declare 261 {
declare 261 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData)
}
@@ -956,14 +942,12 @@ declare 265 {
declare 266 {
void Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 267 {
# void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 268 {
# void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
#}
declare 267 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 268 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
}
declare 269 {
char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
@@ -971,7 +955,7 @@ declare 270 {
const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
const char **termPtr)
}
declare 271 {
declare 271 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
const char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
const char *version, int exact)
}
@@ -980,30 +964,27 @@ declare 272 {
const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 273 {
declare 273 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
int Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
const char *version)
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
declare 274 {
declare 274 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
const char *version, int exact)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 275 {
# void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 276 {
# int Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
#}
declare 275 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 276 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
int Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 277 {
Tcl_Pid Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 278 {
# TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
#}
declare 278 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
}
declare 279 {
void Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type)
}
@@ -1230,14 +1211,12 @@ declare 339 {
declare 340 {
char *Tcl_GetString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 341 {deprecated {Use Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath}} {
# const char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 342 {deprecated {Use Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath}} {
# void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
#}
declare 341 {deprecated {Use Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath}} {
const char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
}
declare 342 {deprecated {Use Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath}} {
void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
}
declare 343 {
void Tcl_AlertNotifier(ClientData clientData)
}
@@ -1284,11 +1263,10 @@ declare 356 {
Tcl_RegExp Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj,
int flags)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 357 {deprecated {Use Tcl_EvalTokensStandard}} {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
# int count)
#}
declare 357 {deprecated {Use Tcl_EvalTokensStandard}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
int count)
}
declare 358 {
void Tcl_FreeParse(Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
@@ -1372,7 +1350,7 @@ declare 380 {
declare 381 {
int Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
}
declare 382 {
declare 382 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 383 {
@@ -1512,15 +1490,13 @@ declare 420 {
int Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase)
}
# Removed in 9.0, as it is actually a macro:
#declare 421 {
# Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_FindHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const void *key)
#}
# Removed in 9.0, as it is actually a macro:
#declare 422 {
# Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_CreateHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
# const void *key, int *newPtr)
#}
declare 421 {
Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_FindHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const void *key)
}
declare 422 {
Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_CreateHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
const void *key, int *newPtr)
}
declare 423 {
void Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType,
const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr)
@@ -1569,16 +1545,14 @@ declare 434 {
}
# TIP#15 (math function introspection) dkf
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 435 {deprecated {}} {
# int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
# int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
# Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 436 {deprecated {}} {
# Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
#}
declare 435 {deprecated {}} {
int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 436 {deprecated {}} {
Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
}
# TIP#36 (better access to 'subst') dkf
declare 437 {
@@ -1640,7 +1614,7 @@ declare 452 {
int index, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 453 {
const char *const *Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
const char *CONST86 *Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef)
}
declare 454 {
@@ -1718,7 +1692,7 @@ declare 476 {
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
}
declare 477 {
const Tcl_Filesystem *Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
CONST86 Tcl_Filesystem *Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
}
declare 478 {
Tcl_PathType Tcl_FSGetPathType(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
@@ -1894,7 +1868,7 @@ declare 518 {
}
# TIP#121 (exit handler) dkf for Joe Mistachkin
declare 519 {
declare 519 {nostub {Don't use this function in a stub-enabled extension}} {
Tcl_ExitProc *Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc)
}
@@ -2356,10 +2330,24 @@ declare 631 {
ClientData callbackData)
}
# TIP #430
declare 632 {
int TclZipfs_Mount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint,
const char *zipname, const char *passwd)
}
declare 633 {
int TclZipfs_Unmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint)
}
declare 634 {
Tcl_Obj *TclZipfs_TclLibrary(void)
}
declare 635 {
int TclZipfs_MountBuffer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint,
unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, int copy)
}
# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #
##############################################################################
# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
@@ -2401,6 +2389,13 @@ declare 1 macosx {
# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
export {
void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
}
export {
void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
export {
const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
int exact)
+229 -48
View File
@@ -52,15 +52,30 @@ extern "C" {
* tools/tcl.hpj.in (not patchlevel, for windows installer)
*/
#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION 9
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION 0
#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION 8
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION 7
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL 0
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL 2
#define TCL_VERSION "9.0"
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL "9.0a0"
#define TCL_VERSION "8.7"
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL "8.7a2"
#if defined(RC_INVOKED)
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(RC_INVOKED)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
* We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
# ifndef __WIN32__
# define __WIN32__
# endif
# ifndef WIN32
# define WIN32
# endif
#endif
/*
* Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
* quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
@@ -74,7 +89,11 @@ extern "C" {
# define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
# define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
#endif
#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
#ifndef TCL_THREADS
# define TCL_THREADS 1
#endif
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
/*
* A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
@@ -88,15 +107,10 @@ extern "C" {
#ifndef RC_INVOKED
/*
* Special macro to define mutexes, that doesn't do anything if we are not
* using threads.
* Special macro to define mutexes.
*/
#ifdef TCL_THREADS
#define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name) static Tcl_Mutex name;
#else
#define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name)
#endif
/*
* Tcl's public routine Tcl_FSSeek() uses the values SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and
@@ -110,11 +124,32 @@ extern "C" {
#include <stdio.h>
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Support for functions with a variable number of arguments.
*
* The following TCL_VARARGS* macros are to support old extensions
* written for older versions of Tcl where the macros permitted
* support for the varargs.h system as well as stdarg.h .
*
* New code should just directly be written to use stdarg.h conventions.
*/
#include <stdarg.h>
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
# define TCL_VARARGS(type, name) (type name, ...)
# define TCL_VARARGS_DEF(type, name) (type name, ...)
# define TCL_VARARGS_START(type, name, list) (va_start(list, name), name)
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
# define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
# define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
# define TCL_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
# define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
# if defined(BUILD_tcl) || defined(BUILD_tk)
# define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
# else
# define TCL_NORETURN1 /* nothing */
# endif
#else
# define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b)
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
@@ -210,7 +245,33 @@ extern "C" {
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(CONST86) && !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
/*
* The following _ANSI_ARGS_ macro is to support old extensions
* written for older versions of Tcl where it permitted support
* for compilers written in the pre-prototype era of C.
*
* New code should use prototypes.
*/
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
# undef _ANSI_ARGS_
# define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) x
/*
* Definitions that allow this header file to be used either with or without
* ANSI C features.
*/
#ifndef INLINE
# define INLINE
#endif
#ifndef CONST
# define CONST const
#endif
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef CONST86
# define CONST86 const
#endif
@@ -228,11 +289,41 @@ extern "C" {
# define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The following code is copied from winnt.h. If we don't replicate it here,
* then <windows.h> can't be included after tcl.h, since tcl.h also defines
* VOID. This block is skipped under Cygwin and Mingw.
*/
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID)
#ifndef VOID
#define VOID void
typedef char CHAR;
typedef short SHORT;
typedef long LONG;
#endif
#endif /* _WIN32 && !HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID */
/*
* Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have type "void *"
* in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in non-ANSI systems.
*/
#ifndef __VXWORKS__
# define VOID void
#endif
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
/*
* Miscellaneous declarations.
*/
typedef void *ClientData;
#ifndef _CLIENTDATA
typedef void *ClientData;
# define _CLIENTDATA
#endif
/*
* Darwin specific configure overrides (to support fat compiles, where
@@ -369,7 +460,17 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
* accessed with Tcl_GetObjResult() and Tcl_SetObjResult().
*/
typedef struct Tcl_Interp Tcl_Interp;
typedef struct Tcl_Interp
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
{
/* TIP #330: Strongly discourage extensions from using the string
* result. */
char *resultDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
void (*freeProcDontUse) (char *); /* Don't use in extensions! */
int errorLineDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
}
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
Tcl_Interp;
typedef struct Tcl_AsyncHandler_ *Tcl_AsyncHandler;
typedef struct Tcl_Channel_ *Tcl_Channel;
@@ -518,6 +619,10 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
#define TCL_BREAK 3
#define TCL_CONTINUE 4
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#define TCL_RESULT_SIZE 200
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Flags to control what substitutions are performed by Tcl_SubstObj():
@@ -528,6 +633,27 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
#define TCL_SUBST_BACKSLASHES 004
#define TCL_SUBST_ALL 007
/*
* Argument descriptors for math function callbacks in expressions:
*/
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
typedef enum {
TCL_INT, TCL_DOUBLE, TCL_EITHER, TCL_WIDE_INT
} Tcl_ValueType;
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
Tcl_ValueType type; /* Indicates intValue or doubleValue is valid,
* or both. */
long intValue; /* Integer value. */
double doubleValue; /* Double-precision floating value. */
Tcl_WideInt wideValue; /* Wide (min. 64-bit) integer value. */
} Tcl_Value;
#else
#define Tcl_ValueType void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
#define Tcl_Value void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
#endif
/*
* Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
* reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
@@ -573,6 +699,8 @@ typedef void (Tcl_FreeProc) (char *blockPtr);
typedef void (Tcl_IdleProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int (Tcl_MathProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Value *args, Tcl_Value *resultPtr);
typedef void (Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef int (Tcl_ObjCmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
@@ -684,11 +812,20 @@ int Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. It
* is typically allocated on the stack.
* The following structure contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. No-one
* outside of Tcl should access any of these fields. This structure is
* typically allocated on the stack.
*/
typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;
typedef struct Tcl_SavedResult {
char *result;
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
char *appendResult;
int appendAvl;
int appendUsed;
char resultSpace[200+1];
} Tcl_SavedResult;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -813,11 +950,14 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
# define Tcl_DStringTrunc Tcl_DStringSetLength
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
/*
* Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
* produced by Tcl_PrintDouble, and the number of bytes of buffer space
* required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
* specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
* buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
*/
#define TCL_MAX_PREC 17
@@ -931,6 +1071,17 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
#define TCL_ALLOW_INLINE_COMPILATION 0x20000
/*
* The TCL_PARSE_PART1 flag is deprecated and has no effect. The part1 is now
* always parsed whenever the part2 is NULL. (This is to avoid a common error
* when converting code to use the new object based APIs and forgetting to
* give the flag)
*/
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
# define TCL_PARSE_PART1 0x400
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
/*
* Types for linked variables:
*/
@@ -984,7 +1135,9 @@ struct Tcl_HashEntry {
Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr; /* Pointer to next entry in this hash bucket,
* or NULL for end of chain. */
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr; /* Pointer to table containing entry. */
unsigned int hash; /* Hash value. */
void *hash; /* Hash value, stored as pointer to ensure
* that the offsets of the fields in this
* structure are not changed. */
ClientData clientData; /* Application stores something here with
* Tcl_SetHashValue. */
union { /* Key has one of these forms: */
@@ -1079,10 +1232,10 @@ struct Tcl_HashTable {
* table. */
int rebuildSize; /* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
* this large. */
unsigned int mask; /* Mask value used in hashing function. */
int downShift; /* Shift count used in hashing function.
* Designed to use high-order bits of
* randomized keys. */
int mask; /* Mask value used in hashing function. */
int keyType; /* Type of keys used in this table. It's
* either TCL_CUSTOM_KEYS, TCL_STRING_KEYS,
* TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS, or an integer giving the
@@ -1203,8 +1356,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Time {
long usec; /* Microseconds. */
} Tcl_Time;
typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
/*
* TIP #233 (Virtualized Time)
@@ -1476,7 +1629,7 @@ typedef int (Tcl_FSNormalizePathProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
int nextCheckpoint);
typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsGetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
typedef const char *const * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
typedef const char *CONST86 * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsSetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
@@ -1778,7 +1931,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
* TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR - The token describes one expression operator.
* An operator might be the name of a math
* function such as "abs". A TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR
* token is always preceeded by one
* token is always preceded by one
* TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token for the operator's
* subexpression, and is followed by zero or more
* TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens for the operator's
@@ -1992,9 +2145,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
/*
* The maximum number of bytes that are necessary to represent a single
* Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values should be 3, 4 or 6
* (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 3 or
* 4, then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UCS-2) (the default). If 6,
* Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values are 4 and 6
* (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 4,
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UCS-2) (the default). If 6,
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4). At this time UCS-2 mode
* is the default and recommended mode. UCS-4 is experimental and not
* recommended. It works for the core, but most extensions expect UCS-2.
@@ -2180,6 +2333,13 @@ typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEADDR (1<<0)
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEPORT (1<<1)
/*
* Constants for special int-typed values, see TIP #494
*/
#define TCL_IO_FAILURE (-1)
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH (-1)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Single public declaration for NRE.
@@ -2207,6 +2367,11 @@ const char * Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
int exact, int magic);
const char * TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *version, int epoch, int revision);
#if defined(_WIN32)
TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
#else
# define Tcl_ConsolePanic ((Tcl_PanicProc *)0)
#endif
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
#if TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
@@ -2238,12 +2403,15 @@ const char * TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
*/
#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
((Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
((Tcl_SetPanicProc(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
EXTERN void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
EXTERN const char * Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *version, int exact);
EXTERN void Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#ifndef _WIN32
EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2389,31 +2557,44 @@ EXTERN void Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
* hash tables:
*/
#undef Tcl_FindHashEntry
#define Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, key) \
(*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key))
#undef Tcl_CreateHashEntry
#define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Macros that eliminate the overhead of the thread synchronization functions
* when compiling without thread support.
* Deprecated Tcl functions:
*/
#ifndef TCL_THREADS
#undef Tcl_MutexLock
#define Tcl_MutexLock(mutexPtr)
#undef Tcl_MutexUnlock
#define Tcl_MutexUnlock(mutexPtr)
#undef Tcl_MutexFinalize
#define Tcl_MutexFinalize(mutexPtr)
#undef Tcl_ConditionNotify
#define Tcl_ConditionNotify(condPtr)
#undef Tcl_ConditionWait
#define Tcl_ConditionWait(condPtr, mutexPtr, timePtr)
#undef Tcl_ConditionFinalize
#define Tcl_ConditionFinalize(condPtr)
#endif /* TCL_THREADS */
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
/*
* These function have been renamed. The old names are deprecated, but we
* define these macros for backwards compatibility.
*/
# define Tcl_Ckalloc Tcl_Alloc
# define Tcl_Ckfree Tcl_Free
# define Tcl_Ckrealloc Tcl_Realloc
# define Tcl_Return Tcl_SetResult
# define Tcl_TildeSubst Tcl_TranslateFileName
#if !defined(__APPLE__) /* On OSX, there is a conflict with "mach/mach.h" */
# define panic Tcl_Panic
#endif
# define panicVA Tcl_PanicVA
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Convenience declaration of Tcl_AppInit for backwards compatibility. This
* function is not *implemented* by the tcl library, so the storage class is
* neither DLLEXPORT nor DLLIMPORT.
*/
extern Tcl_AppInitProc Tcl_AppInit;
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
+3 -3
View File
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
*/
#include "tclInt.h"
#if !defined(TCL_THREADS) || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
#if !TCL_THREADS || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
#if USE_TCLALLOC
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ static struct block bigBlocks={ /* Big blocks aren't suballocated. */
* variable.
*/
#ifdef TCL_THREADS
#if TCL_THREADS
static Tcl_Mutex *allocMutexPtr;
#endif
static int allocInit = 0;
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ TclInitAlloc(void)
{
if (!allocInit) {
allocInit = 1;
#ifdef TCL_THREADS
#if TCL_THREADS
allocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
#endif
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More